Standard Chartered PLC - Highlights
For the six months ended 30 June 2014
Reported results
· Operating income1 down 5 per cent to $9,269 million from H1 2013 and up 4 per cent from $8,920 million in H2 2013
· Profit before tax1 of $3,268 million down 20 per cent from $4,088 million in H1 2013 and up 14 per cent from $2,870 million in H2 2013
· Statutory profit attributable to ordinary shareholders2 is $2,310 million, up 8 per cent from $2,131 million in H1 2013 and up 24 per cent from $1,858 million in H2 2013
· Customer advances increased 3 per cent compared to H2 2013 to $305 billion from $296 billion and customer deposits were flat at $391 billion
Performance metrics3
· Dividend per share flat at 28.80 cents per share
· Normalised earnings per share declined 21 per cent to 96.5 cents from 121.9 cents in H1 2013
· Normalised return on ordinary shareholders' equity of 10.4 per cent (H1 2013: 13.3 per cent; H2 2013: 9.1 per cent)
Capital and liquidity metrics
· Tangible net asset value per share increased 3 per cent compared to H2 2013 to 1,646.8 cents (H1 2013: 1,537.9 cents, H2 2013: 1,597.5 cents)
· Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio at 10.7 per cent on an end point basis under Basel III/CRD IV rules4
· Advances-to-deposits ratio of 78.1 per cent (H1 2013: 76.6 per cent, H2 2013: 75.7 per cent)
· Liquid asset ratio of 30.5 per cent (H1 2013: 28.3 per cent, H2 2013: 29.8 per cent)
Significant highlights
· We are taking action to address near term performance challenges, to embed our refreshed strategy and aspirations, including reorganising the bank, refocusing marketing and sales efforts, divesting non-core businesses and optimising risk weighted assets
· We continue to build market share across our core products. Volumes in Foreign Exchange are up 24 per cent and up 45 per cent in FX options
· We have strengthened our position as the leading transaction bank for corporates in Asia and rank #2 in trade finance globally. We are also ranked #2 underwriter of offshore Renminbi bonds
· We have maintained a tight discipline on costs, which are up only 1 per cent despite inflation, continued investment and increasing costs of regulation
· The balance sheet remains in excellent shape - diversified, well capitalised and highly liquid - and loan impairment is in line with our expectations
Commenting on these results, the Chairman of Standard Chartered PLC, Sir John Peace, said:
"The Group's first half performance was impacted primarily by a downturn in Financial Markets and the challenges we face in Korea. But the Group remains strong, with excellent capital and liquidity levels, a strong balance sheet, and a powerful international network. Whilst our first half performance is clearly not as good as in previous periods, we have taken assertive action to manage short term performance issues, and to position the Group to take advantage of considerable long-term growth opportunities we see across our markets. We have taken market share in a number of core products as we continue to support the growth aspirations of our clients."
1 All three periods profit before tax excludes own credit adjustment; H1 2013 profit before tax also excludes goodwill impairment
2 Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders is after the deduction of dividends payable to the holders of those non-cumulative redeemable preference shares classified as equity (see note 10 on page 117)
3 Results on a normalised basis reflect the results of Standard Chartered PLC and its subsidiaries (the 'Group') excluding items set out on note 11 on page 118
4 See additional information on Capital page 88
Standard Chartered PLC - Stock Code: 02888
Standard Chartered PLC - Table of contents
|
Page |
Summary of results |
3 |
Chairman's statement |
4 |
Group Chief Executive's review |
5 |
Financial review |
|
Group summary |
10 |
Client Segments, Geography and Products |
12 |
Balance sheet |
26 |
Risk review |
28 |
Capital |
86 |
Financial statements |
|
Condensed consolidated interim income statement |
97 |
Condensed consolidated interim statement of comprehensive income |
98 |
Condensed consolidated interim balance sheet |
99 |
Condensed consolidated interim statement of changes in equity |
100 |
Condensed consolidated interim cash flow statement |
101 |
Notes |
102 |
Statement of directors' responsibilities |
152 |
Independent review report |
153 |
Additional information |
154 |
Glossary |
172 |
Financial calendar |
178 |
Index |
179 |
|
|
Unless another currency is specified, the word 'dollar' or symbol '$' in this document means US dollar and the word 'cent' or symbol 'c' means one-hundredth of one US dollar.
Within this document, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People's Republic of China is referred to as 'Hong Kong'; The Republic of Korea is referred to as Korea or South Korea; Greater China includes Hong Kong, Taiwan, China and Macau; North East (NE) Asia includes Korea, Japan and Mongolia; Middle East, North Africa and Pakistan (MENAP) includes United Arab Emirates (UAE), Bahrain, Qatar, Lebanon, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Oman, Iraq and Pakistan; South Asia includes India, Bangladesh, Nepal and Sri Lanka; and ASEAN includes Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia, Brunei, Cambodia, Laos, Philippines, Thailand, Vietnam, Myanmar and Australia.
Standard Chartered PLC - Summary of results
For the six months ended 30 June 2014
|
6 months ended |
6 months ended |
6 months ended |
|
|
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Results |
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (excludes own credit adjustment) 1 |
9,269 |
9,751 |
8,920 |
|
|
Impairment losses on loans and advances and other credit risk provisions |
(846) |
(730) |
(887) |
|
|
Goodwill impairment |
- |
(1,000) |
- |
|
|
Other impairment |
(185) |
(11) |
(118) |
|
|
Profit before goodwill impairment and own credit adjustment |
3,268 |
4,088 |
2,870 |
|
|
Profit before taxation |
3,253 |
3,325 |
2,739 |
|
|
Profit attributable to parent company shareholders |
2,360 |
2,181 |
1,909 |
|
|
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders2 |
2,310 |
2,131 |
1,858 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
690,138 |
649,957 |
674,380 |
|
|
Total equity |
48,562 |
45,358 |
46,841 |
|
|
Total capital base (CRD IV) |
60,691 |
- |
56,369 |
|
|
Total capital base (Basel II) |
- |
54,650 |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Information per ordinary share |
Cents |
Cents |
Cents |
|
|
Earnings per share - normalised 3 |
96.5 |
121.9 |
82.4 |
|
|
- basic |
94.6 |
88.1 |
76.5 |
|
|
Dividend per share4 |
28.80 |
28.80 |
57.20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net asset value per share |
1,909.9 |
1,814.7 |
1,872.8 |
|
|
Tangible net asset value per share |
1,646.8 |
1,537.9 |
1,597.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios |
|
|
|
|
|
Return on ordinary shareholders' equity - normalised basis 3 |
10.4% |
13.3% |
9.1% |
|
|
Cost to income ratio - normalised basis 3 |
54.7% |
51.4% |
57.6% |
|
|
Capital ratios5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Common Equity Tier 1 (CRD IV) |
10.5% |
- |
10.9% |
|
|
Common Equity Tier 1 (CRD IV) end point basis (see page 88) |
10.7% |
- |
- |
|
|
Core Tier 1 capital (Basel II) |
- |
11.4% |
- |
|
|
Total capital (CRD IV) |
17.3% |
- |
17.0% |
|
|
Total capital (Basel II) |
- |
16.9% |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
Excludes own credit adjustment of $(15) million (30 June 2013: $237 million and 31 December 2013: $(131) million) |
||||
2 |
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders is after the deduction of dividends payable to the holders of those non-cumulative redeemable preference shares classified as equity (see note 10 on page 117) |
||||
3
4 |
Results on a normalised basis reflect the results of Standard Chartered PLC and its subsidiaries (the 'Group') excluding items presented in note 11 on page 118 Represents the interim dividend per share declared for the six months ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 and the recommended final dividend per share for the six months ended 31 December 2013 (subsequently declared at the Annual General Meeting on 8 May 2014 and recognised in these financial statements) |
||||
5 |
See additional information on Capital on page 90 |
||||
Standard Chartered PLC - Chairman's statement
Whilst the longer-term opportunities for Standard Chartered remain compelling, the first six months of 2014 have been challenging:
· Income excluding own credit down 5 per cent to $9.3 billion
· Profit before taxation, goodwill and own credit was down 20 per cent to $3.3 billion
· Normalised earnings per share were down 21 per cent to 96.5 cents
The Board has declared an interim dividend of 28.80 cents per share.
The Group's performance has continued to be affected by difficult market conditions, including the cyclical downturn in sentiment towards emerging markets. In addition, there have been some issues specific to Standard Chartered, such as the problems in Korea.
However, we continue to see strong opportunities for the business in the longer term. And with a strong balance sheet, we will continue to support the people and companies driving investment, trade and the creation of wealth across Asia, Africa and the Middle East.
Since announcing our refreshed strategy earlier this year, and implementing the new organisation on 1 April 2014, we have moved quickly to dispose of non-core businesses and reduce costs, whilst at the same time taking further steps to de-risk the business.
The intensity of regulatory pressure and political risk, at a time of market weakness, is putting huge pressure on bank boards and management leadership generally. However, we remain focused on implementing the refreshed strategy and are determined to return the bank to a growth trajectory which we believe will create significant value for our shareholders. The Board remains intensely focused on our shareholders' interests.
At the same time, our focus on conduct has intensified. We expect the right behaviour from every employee at all times, as being Here for good continues to sit at the heart of our business.
Sir John Peace
Chairman
6 August 2014
Standard Chartered PLC - Group Chief Executive's review
Our performance in the first half of 2014 is clearly disappointing. It is not what we strive for and not what our investors expect. In March, we made clear that this first half would be tough, and we were even more specific in our pre-close trading statement in June. The reasons for our weaker performance should be equally clear: continued Financial Markets weakness, challenges in Korea as we reshape our business there, and an uptick in impairment, largely due to a commodity fraud exposure in China and write-offs relating to pre-crisis strategic investments. Evolving regulatory requirements continue to add upward pressure - and uncertainty - to costs, while structurally impacting the income and return profile of some products.
We are taking action to get us back on the track of sustainable, profitable growth, because that is how we have driven value creation for our shareholders in the past, and how we will do so in future. It is worth noting that, despite the disappointing first half of 2014, we delivered more profit for our shareholders during these six months than we did in the whole of 2006 at the peak of the pre-crisis banking boom. Not many banks can make that claim.
We have refreshed and sharpened our strategy, and are executing it at pace. Over the past six months, we have completely reorganised the Group to make us fitter, more flexible and better aligned to our strategic aspirations. We have shifted our resource allocation, disposing of several non-strategic businesses, managing costs and capital deployment very tightly, and stepping up investment in priority areas. We have reset our client segment strategies, revised our product priorities and rethought the way we are approaching critical infrastructure and platform decisions.
Some of these changes have helped near-term performance. Some, such as tightening risk-weighted asset (RWA) deployment, or de-risking unsecured business in our Retail client segment, have exacerbated near-term pressures. However, the overarching objective is clear: to get us back to sustainable, profitable growth, delivering returns above our cost of capital.
This does not mean that we are ignoring short-term performance, including the two biggest challenges in the first half of 2014 - Financial Markets and Korea.
Financial Markets
In the first half of 2014, we saw Financial Markets income fall 20 per cent, or $432 million, against a very strong first half in 2013, up 6 per cent on the first half of 2012. The pressures on Financial Markets are of course not peculiar to us. Every bank is facing challenges as a result of sweeping regulatory changes and a low-rate, low-volatility environment.
The question is how much of this reduction is structural, and thus irreversible, and how much is cyclical. The answers vary by bank, depending on product and client mix, on geography, and on the balance of client income versus own account.
Our business is heavily client-driven, so less reliant on own account income; more oriented towards corporate clients rather than financial institutions, so shorter-dated and less complex; and more 'vanilla' than highly structured. We are also much more concentrated on emerging markets than most of our major competitors. This means that we have been heavily affected by cyclical factors, less so by structural changes. Low rates and low volatility mean less corporate hedging, tighter spreads and more challenging conditions for market making. Negative sentiment towards emerging markets reduces activity and impacts inventory values.
Most of the income reduction was in Foreign Exchange (FX) and Rates. In FX, the largest component of Financial Markets income, we saw strong growth in volumes, with Cash FX notional up 24 per cent year-on-year and FX Option notional up 45 per cent. This is against a pretty flat market, so we are winning market share. However, low volatility meant spreads fell, as did the gains from market making, so income fell 24 per cent, or $199 million. FX remains very attractive: it generates strong returns and is an integral part of how we support our clients as they invest and trade.
In Rates, volumes fell by 22 per cent with persistently low interest rates making clients less keen to hedge. Margins also fell, so income fell by 33 per cent, or $181 million. Most of this is cyclical, a result of the interest rate environment. However, longer-tenor, more complex derivatives face more of a structural challenge, given the impact of margining and capital requirements for non-centrally cleared derivatives. We are not immune to these changes, and areas such as hedging for project finance have been hit quite hard, but most of our business comprises relatively short-dated hedging for corporate clients off the back of trade or other commercial finance. According to Asia Risk Rankings, we are number one in corporate derivatives in Asia.
Our response to the challenges we face in Financial Markets reflect the mix of cyclical and structural factors, and the fact that even with this depressed performance, Financial Markets still produces a return on capital above the average for the Group as a whole. Financial Markets costs are down. Productivity is up. We are shifting resources from the areas most affected by structural change towards the client-driven flow businesses that play to our strengths and that we are confident will bounce back.
Korea
Alongside Financial Markets, Korea was the other big challenge in the first half of 2014. Korea made a loss of $127 million, a $264 million decrease year-on-year. As we have said before, there is no 'silver bullet' in Korea. Turning this business around will take time and a lot of work on multiple fronts, not least because the industry as a whole faces huge challenges.
We are making progress. We have announced the sale of our consumer finance and savings bank businesses. This will have some negative impact on income, but the benefits in terms of costs, headcount, loan impairment and capital will more than offset this. We continue to take action on costs. Headcount is down around 9 per cent year-on-year. The branch network is down by 47 outlets, or 13 per cent year-on-year.
We continue to de-risk the balance sheet, tightening underwriting criteria for unsecured Retail lending and exiting third-party sales channels. As a result, our unsecured credit card and personal loan balances are down 10 per cent on a constant currency basis in the first half of 2014. While filings under Korea's Personal Debt Rehabilitation Scheme remain elevated, we have seen noticeably fewer filings from loans written in the last six months.
Our actions to reshape the business have had a negative impact on this year's performance. De-risking and withdrawal from direct sales has hit income. Costs in the first half include $32 million of Special Retirement Plan expenses. Performance in the first half of this year has also been hit by lower principal finance gains and generally weak trading conditions, particularly in Financial Markets.
We continue to build business with Korean companies elsewhere in the network. This income, which is not included in our Korea numbers, amounted to about $100 million in the first half of 2014 and generates very attractive returns. With the recent announcement of renminbi (RMB) clearing and exchange in Seoul, we see a significant opportunity to leverage our distinctive capabilities in this arena. Just under 2 per cent of Korea's exports to China are currently settled in RMB and just under 1 per cent of imports. With China now settling more than 15 per cent of its global trade value in RMB, this is a considerable growth opportunity.
There is no quick fix for Korea, but we are making progress, and we are determined to get this business into better shape: more focused, more efficient and delivering better returns.
Opportunities in our markets
Financial Markets and Korea accounted for much of the profit shortfall in the first half of 2014. However, we remain confident in the strong growth of the opportunities across our markets and in our ability to make the most of them.
Our markets across Asia, Africa and the Middle East are continuing to grow rapidly, and demand for financial services is growing faster than GDP. To make the most of this opportunity we have set out five aspirations, and to make us more effective in delivering against these aspirations, we have reorganised the Group around our key client segments - Corporate & Institutional, Commercial & Private Banking and Retail. Although the new organisation has only been in effect for four months, it is making a difference in how we look at our business and how we serve our clients.
Corporate & Institutional Clients
The Corporate & Institutional segment generates around 60 per cent of total income. This is the core of what used to be called Wholesale Banking. In the first half of 2014, profits were down 17 per cent year-on-year, largely due to lower Financial Markets income as well as an increase in impairment.
In this segment, we are focused on building ever deeper relationships with our clients, concentrating on our core commercial banking capabilities and putting even greater emphasis on our strengths as a network bank, providing seamless support to our clients as they trade and invest across borders. Network income comprises over half of total client income.
Our market position remains very strong. We are a top two global trade bank as measured by SWIFT messages, and our market share is stable. According to East & Partners latest survey, we are not just number one in transaction banking relationships in Asia, but strengthening our lead. This is despite the actions we have taken to cut back on low-yielding RWA.
We have a very full agenda for this client segment, including deepening relationships, optimising return on capital and doing more with institutional investors. We are also working harder to leverage the relationships we have with these clients for the benefit of the Group as a whole: introducing owners and senior managers to our Private Banking offering and providing employee banking solutions through our Retail segment.
Commercial & Private Banking Clients
The Commercial and Private Banking Clients segment group has only existed since April 2014.
Commercial Clients combines the smallest, or middle-market, clients from our old Wholesale Banking business with the Medium Enterprise clients from our old SME business. There are about 50,000 clients in total with 90 per cent of the income from the top nine markets. This new segment has started life with a sharp drop in profit, down 61 per cent or $261 million. About 40 per cent of this is due to lower principal finance income. We had profitable realisations in the first half of 2013, valuation losses in the first half of 2014. Another 20 per cent is due to lower Financial Markets income, and higher loan impairment, mainly in Hong Kong and Korea, accounted for around another 20 per cent.
Despite this somewhat difficult start, we are enormously excited about the potential for the Commercial Client segment. Mid-sized companies play a huge role in the economies in which we operate, and represent a significant portion of the total banking wallet. However, we have never given this segment the focus it deserves. Our immediate priority is to bring together the teams, rationalising and standardising processes, such as credit and client due diligence. We are refining the product offering and delivery model and working together with the Corporate & Institutional segment to develop supply chain solutions that turn us from being a provider of finance to being a business partner that enhances supply chains, efficiency and resilience.
Our commercial clients are largely family-owned businesses, and the families are a perfect fit for Private Banking. However, many, perhaps most, are not aware that it exists. So we are making introductions, doing joint meetings, showing clients how we can support them. To put this in context, we believe the private banking wallet of our existing Commercial Client base is about four times the size of our current Private Banking business. While relatively small in the scheme of the Group as a whole, Private Banking will become an increasingly important source of growth. With assets under management up 13 per cent year-on-year, net new money up 15 per cent, and income up 4 per cent, despite exiting subscale presences in Miami, Geneva, and Korea, Private Banking has good momentum.
Retail Clients
On a global basis, income from Retail is down 2 per cent and profits down 9 per cent. Excluding Korea, income is up 1 per cent and profits are up 12 per cent. In a number of key markets, Retail is doing well. For example, in Hong Kong income is up 10 per cent and profits up 16 per cent, in Singapore, income is up 3 per cent and profits up 57 per cent, and in Africa income is up 14 per cent and profits up 42 per cent.
We are assertively re-shaping this business:
· Tackling Korea
· Redeploying resources towards the high-value segments
· Accelerating the shift from product sales to relationship management.
· Disposing of subscale and non-strategic franchises
· Refocusing the product offering
· Standardising platforms and processes
· Reshaping the branch network as we increasingly engage with our clients via digital channels
We are transforming Retail to be more relationship-driven, more selective, more efficient and more digital. This is a big, multi-year project, and in the near term, some of things we are doing - de-risking, disposals, exiting direct sales - will impact income momentum, but we know where we want to get to and we are making real progress.
Building relationships with our clients
Our client segment strategies are the primary drivers of our overall strategy. We are focused on who our clients are, what they need, and how we can be distinctive in meeting those needs.
Underpinning this is a huge amount of work on products and infrastructure. There is a lot going on in Transaction Banking, particularly around the internationalisation of the RMB, in Wealth Management, particularly in Bancassurance, in Corporate Finance where we are seeing a good pipeline of deals, and in Retail Products, where digitisation is the overriding theme.
We are also revamping our infrastructure, rolling out standardised platforms and processes, automating manual procedures, reinforcing controls, deploying tools to enable us to extract more value from the vast amounts of information we generate and capture every day. Through technology-driven innovation, we can empower our clients, achieve significant improvements in efficiency and run our business with greater insight, flexibility and control.
All this comes together in an overarching roadmap, essentially the execution plan to deliver the strategy. Three themes from this roadmap are worth highlighting.
Investing for growth
The first theme is investment. We recognise that to create the capacity to invest for growth, we have to be relentless in driving cost productivity and capital productivity.
On the cost front the challenge is clear. People account for almost 70 per cent of our costs, and wage inflation is running at 4 to 5 per cent across our markets, so that alone drives at least a 3 per cent increase in total costs. Regulatory-related costs continue to increase at pace and we think it is safe to assume that regulation will add 1 to 2 per cent to total costs every year. Add in some non-wage inflation - particularly true of premises costs given real estate price trends in our markets - and there is an underlying cost dynamic of at least 5 per cent per year, before taking account of current year business growth, let alone investment for future growth.
We must therefore achieve a continuous stream of sustainable productivity improvements to offset these cost headwinds. This is not about short-term squeezes, cutting back marketing, or freezing hiring, since this kind of cost reduction cannot be sustained. This is about disposing or shrinking underperforming businesses, cutting out complexity and duplication, automating everything we can automate and rolling out scalable platforms and processes. It is what we have been doing - costs only increased by 1 per cent last year, and only increased by 1 per cent in the first half of 2014 versus the same period of 2013, but given the pressures we are facing, we are redoubling our focus on costs and productivity.
We are not abandoning growth. Delivering sustainable and profitable growth is how we will drive shareholder value, but to deliver that growth requires investment and creating capacity for that investment requires a relentless focus on productivity improvement.
The logic is absolutely the same on capital. By managing the underlying business to be capital accretive we create the capacity to absorb regulatory add-ons and fund growth. Excluding two one-off regulatory adjustments to our Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 calculations, the Group was capital accretive in the first half of 2014, adding some 20 basis points in the period.
Conduct
We are committing very significant resources to raising the bar on conduct - new people and capabilities, new systems and extensive training. We see this as an integral part of our strategy, a key component of what it means to be Here for good.
We recognise that this is no easy task. There are multiple dimensions to conduct - from protecting clients' data to maintaining market integrity and preventing financial crime. All are important, but they are very different. Some are about making sure we do the right thing for our clients, and some about playing our role in protecting the integrity of the financial system by ensuring our clients do the right thing. And raising the bar on conduct only works if it is embraced by everyone in the Group. One person who doesn't act responsibly can undo the work of thousands who do.
Consistent and effective execution is vital, and we acknowledge that sometimes we have failed to meet our own and others' expectations. Getting to where we want to be is a multi-year project requiring sustained investment and focus. That is why we are implementing a comprehensive programme of change. Specifically, in financial crime compliance we have added senior expertise and doubled overall headcount. We have established a Board-level Financial Crime Risk Oversight Committee, and are executing a far-reaching Financial Crime Risk Mitigation Programme. We have embedded consideration of financial crime risks into our strategic decision-making and, as a result, are undertaking extensive de-risking actions across the business.
Internationalisation of the renminbi
Finally, the third theme is the internationalisation of the RMB, one of the biggest changes taking place in the way the global financial system works. This is the mechanism by which China, which will become the world's largest economy, will ultimately link its financial system to global markets. It is happening at an extraordinary pace and Standard Chartered is superbly placed to facilitate and benefit from this process, so across all our segments and product groups we are taking advantage of this massive shift in the way money flows around the world.
Outlook
2014 will be challenging. We are taking action on multiple fronts, both in response to near-term pressures and to execute the refreshed strategy we have set out. In the first half, for example, we have completely reorganised the Group, made a number of disposals, re-worked our segment strategies, and redirected capital and investment spend. Some of the things we have done have exacerbated the immediate performance challenge, but they are the right thing to do in reshaping the business for sustainable growth.
Our objective is getting back to a trajectory of sustainable, profitable growth, delivering returns above the cost of capital and turning the opportunities in our markets, the strength of our balance sheet, and the depth and quality of our client franchise into sustained shareholder value creation.
We know it won't be smooth or easy. Disciplined, focused execution will be critical, and in that context I would like to take this opportunity to thank the people of Standard Chartered for their professionalism, commitment and teamwork. And to thank our shareholders for their support.
Peter Sands
Group Chief Executive
6 August 2014
The following Financial review provides an analysis of:
· Group income statement (page 11)
· Profit of our four client segments, split by geographic region (pages 12 to 18)
· Product income, split by client segment (pages 19 to 21)
· Profit for each geographic region (pages 22 to 25)
· Group balance sheet (pages 26 to 27)
This Financial review also:
· Reflects the restatement of prior period amounts for the four new client segments and the new geographic regions (see note 29 on page 149 for further details);
· Excludes the impact of a $15 million loss relating to an own credit adjustment (OCA) (six months to 30 June 2013: gain of $237 million; six months to 31 December 2013: loss of $131 million) and the $1 billion goodwill impairment in the six months to 30 June 2013 to better reflect the underlying performance of the Group
The following commentary reflects movements compared to the six months to 30 June 2013 (H1 2013) unless otherwise indicated.
Group summary
The Group's performance for the six months to 30 June 2014 (H1 2014) has been impacted by a challenging external environment, with operating income down $482 million, or 5 per cent, to $9,269 million compared to H1 2013 although income rose 4 per cent compared to the six months to 31 December 2013 (H2 2013).
The normalised cost to income ratio was higher at 54.7 per cent compared to 51.4 per cent in H1 2013. Costs continue to be tightly managed, growing only 1 per cent despite continued investments, increased regulatory and compliance costs and inflationary pressures.
Profit before taxation fell by $820 million, or 20 per cent, to $3,268 million but was up 14 per cent compared to H2 2013.
Profit before taxation on a statutory basis was down 2 per cent at $3,253 million.
Normalised earnings per share fell 21 per cent to 96.5 cents. Further details of normalised items and the basic and diluted earnings per share are provided in note 11 on page 118.
In accordance with accounting requirements, the cost of the UK bank levy is charged in the second half of the year. Note 5 on page 114 provides further details of the UK bank levy together with the impact, on a pro-forma basis, if the levy had been recognised in these financial statements on a proportionate basis.
We remain focused on the drivers of value creation for our shareholders and we continue to build out our franchise to take advantage of the opportunities that we see across our footprint in Asia, Africa and the Middle East.
Balance sheet
The Group's balance sheet remains strong and well diversified with limited exposure to problem asset classes (which is further discussed in the Risk Review on page 51).
Asset quality remains good although we remain watchful in India and of commodity exposures in general. 79 per cent of the Retail loan book is fully secured and over 60 per cent of Corporate and Institutional (C&I) client loans have a maturity of less than one year and are well collateralised.
Customer deposits, 54 per cent of which are in Current and Savings Accounts (CASA), were flat to the end of 2013, with growth in CASA in Hong Kong and Singapore offset by lower Time Deposit balances. The Group maintains a conservative funding structure with only limited levels of refinancing required over the next few years and we continue to be a significant net lender to the interbank market.
Liquidity
The Group continues to be highly liquid and our advances-to-deposits ratio was 78.1 per cent, up from 75.7 per cent at the year end. Our liquid asset ratio was 30.5 per cent, up from 29.8 per cent at 31 December 2013, and both the Group LCR and NSFR were above 100 per cent at 30 June 2014.
Capital
The Group remains strongly capitalised and the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio at 30 June 2014 was 10.5 per cent, compared to 10.9 per cent (11.8 per cent under Basel II) at the last year end primarily due to the timing of dividends and higher risk weighted assets.
Standard Chartered PLC - Financial review continued
Operating income and profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended |
|
6 months ended |
6 months ended |
H1 2014 vs H1 2013 |
H1 2014 vs H2 2013 |
|
|
|
30.06.14 |
|
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
Better / (worse) |
Better / (worse) |
|
|
|
$million |
|
$million |
$million |
% |
% |
Net interest income |
|
|
5,604 |
|
5,598 |
5,558 |
- |
1 |
Non-interest income |
|
|
3,665 |
|
4,153 |
3,362 |
(12) |
9 |
Operating income 1 |
|
9,269 |
|
9,751 |
8,920 |
(5) |
4 |
|
Of which - Client income |
|
|
8,373 |
|
8,648 |
8,224 |
(3) |
2 |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(5,083) |
|
(5,034) |
(5,159) |
(1) |
2 |
Operating profit before impairment losses and taxation 1 |
|
4,186 |
|
4,717 |
3,761 |
(11) |
11 |
|
Impairment losses on loans and advances and other credit risk provisions |
|
(846) |
|
(730) |
(887) |
(16) |
5 |
|
Other impairment |
|
|
(185) |
|
(11) |
(118) |
nm |
(57) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
113 |
|
112 |
114 |
1 |
(1) |
|
Profit before taxation (excluding goodwill impairment and own credit adjustment) |
|
3,268 |
|
4,088 |
2,870 |
(20) |
14 |
|
Own credit adjustment |
|
|
(15) |
|
237 |
(131) |
(106) |
89 |
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
- |
|
(1,000) |
- |
100 |
- |
Profit before taxation |
|
3,253 |
|
3,325 |
2,739 |
(2) |
19 |
|
1 Excludes own credit adjustment - "nm" - not meaningful |
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income fell to $9,269 million, down 5 per cent, or $482 million compared to H1 2013. Client income remained resilient and was down 3 per cent overall.
Income across the Group remains diverse and while it was a challenging period for most of our geographies, the Greater China and Africa regions both increased income and this helped to partly offset lower income from Korea, which was down $229 million compared to H1 2013.
In terms of the Group's client segments:
· Corporate and Institutional (C&I) income fell $243 million, or 4 per cent, to $5,334 million due to lower Financial Markets (FM) income, as low levels of volatility impacted Foreign Exchange (FX) income, and income from Rates was affected by reduced client activity
· Commercial income was down $196 million, or 24 per cent, to $616 million with a decline in FX income in Hong Kong, which was disrupted as a result of reduced client demand following the Renminbi (RMB) band widening by the Peoples Bank of China (PBoC), and lower Principal Finance income, due to reduced levels of realisations in the period and lower mark-to-market valuations
· Private Banking income rose $13 million, or 4 per cent, to $314 million driven by Wealth Management and secured lending
· Retail income fell $56 million, or 2 per cent, to $3,005 million compared to H1 2013 as we reduced higher risk Personal Loans in Korea and property cooling measures reduced Mortgages income in some markets. This was partly offset by higher Wealth Management income, which benefitted from the renewal of a multi-country insurance agreement in the period
From a product perspective, income from FM fell 20 per cent, or $432 million, to $1,780 million compared to H1 2013 reflecting the difficult market conditions. Income from Retail products fell 6 per cent to $2,435 million, largely due to the derisking actions in respect of unsecured lending. This was, however, partly offset by improved income from Asset and Liability Management (ALM), which was up 38 per cent to $420 million compared to H1 2013.
The Group net interest margin was lower at 2.1 per cent compared to 2.2 per cent at H1 2013, but was flat compared to H2 2013. C&I and Commercial client interest income benefitted from higher Trade balances and higher Lending margins, which was partly offset by lower margins from Cash Management and Custody. Retail net interest income was lower due to a decline in unsecured balances and margins as we derisked Personal Loan portfolios, and this impacted Korea in particular.
Operating expenses increased $49 million, or 1 per cent, to $5,083 million. Expenses for H1 2013 benefitted from $36 million of provision recoveries; H2 2013 was impacted by $235 million in respect of the UK bank levy; and in H1 2014, IT depreciation was $52 million lower than the prior year due to a change in the period over which the assets are depreciated. Excluding these items, operating expenses were 1 per cent higher than H1 2013 and 4 per cent higher than H2 2013. Costs remain tightly controlled and staff costs rose 2 per cent compared to H1 2013 as inflationary increases were partly offset by lower headcount. Despite increased regulatory and compliance costs, we continued to make targeted investments in the Group's franchise.
Loan impairment increased by $116 million, or 16 per cent, to $846 million. Loan impairment from C&I and Commercial clients increased 53 per cent primarily due to a small number of exposures in Greater China, including $62 million in respect of lending secured by commodities, and within the Africa, Europe and ASEAN regions. This was partly offset by lower provisions in India. Impairment from Retail clients was broadly flat as increased provisioning in Korea was offset by lower provisioning requirements in the ASEAN region.
Other impairment increased by $174 million to $185 million reflecting provisions against commodity financing assets in Greater China as a result of a fraud and the impairment of certain strategic and associate investments in the Europe region.
Profit before taxation fell $820 million, or 20 per cent, to $3,268 million compared to H1 2013 but was up 14 per cent compared to H2 2013.
The Group's effective tax rate (ETR), on a statutory basis, was 26.1 per cent, down from 32.8 per cent at H1 2013, reflecting a change in profit mix and the impact of the non-deductible goodwill impairment in the prior period.
Corporate and Institutional Clients |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables provide an analysis of operating profit by geographic regions for Corporate and Institutional Clients: |
|||||||||
|
6 months ended 30.06.14 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
1,385 |
220 |
623 |
993 |
570 |
565 |
414 |
564 |
5,334 |
Of which - Client income |
1,187 |
195 |
568 |
859 |
479 |
451 |
400 |
476 |
4,615 |
Operating expenses |
(577) |
(155) |
(179) |
(499) |
(245) |
(277) |
(300) |
(314) |
(2,546) |
Loan impairment |
(61) |
(2) |
(28) |
(66) |
(4) |
(79) |
- |
(26) |
(266) |
Other impairment |
(95) |
- |
- |
(3) |
- |
- |
- |
(71) |
(169) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
76 |
- |
- |
14 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
90 |
Operating profit1 |
728 |
63 |
416 |
439 |
321 |
209 |
114 |
153 |
2,443 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes $(15) million in respect of own credit adjustment (Greater China $33 million, ASEAN $(27) million and Europe $(21) million) |
|||||||||
|
6 months ended 30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
1,273 |
340 |
679 |
1,051 |
593 |
585 |
443 |
613 |
5,577 |
Of which - Client income |
1,164 |
240 |
567 |
891 |
498 |
498 |
402 |
490 |
4,750 |
Operating expenses |
(569) |
(151) |
(204) |
(500) |
(252) |
(238) |
(278) |
(308) |
(2,500) |
Loan impairment |
(14) |
(17) |
(88) |
(13) |
(1) |
(62) |
1 |
(3) |
(197) |
Other impairment |
(11) |
(19) |
- |
1 |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
(28) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
66 |
- |
- |
13 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
79 |
Operating profit1 |
745 |
153 |
387 |
552 |
340 |
285 |
166 |
303 |
2,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes $237 million in respect of own credit adjustment (Greater China $7 million, NE Asia $2 million, ASEAN $93 million and Europe $135 million) |
|||||||||
|
6 months ended 31.12.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
1,195 |
220 |
605 |
991 |
526 |
610 |
415 |
517 |
5,079 |
Of which - Client income |
1,088 |
191 |
553 |
890 |
455 |
521 |
397 |
467 |
4,562 |
Operating expenses |
(568) |
(154) |
(199) |
(476) |
(242) |
(261) |
(258) |
(296) |
(2,454) |
Loan impairment |
13 |
(36) |
(18) |
(79) |
21 |
(185) |
(4) |
(3) |
(291) |
Other impairment |
(3) |
(8) |
(76) |
1 |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
(85) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
65 |
- |
- |
12 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
77 |
Operating profit1 |
702 |
22 |
312 |
449 |
305 |
164 |
153 |
219 |
2,326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes $(131) million in respect of own credit adjustment (Greater China $(8) million, ASEAN $(48) million and Europe $(75) million) |
Corporate and Institutional (C&I) clients comprises Global Corporates (major multinational corporations and large business groups which have sophisticated, cross-border needs requiring high levels of international service); Local Corporates (typically clients with operations in three geographies or less); and Financial Institutions (Banks, Investor clients, Insurance companies, Broker Dealers, Public Sector names (including Central Banks, Sovereign Wealth Funds and Development Organisations) and other types of financial institutions).
Around 90 per cent of C&I client income is generated by Transaction Banking, FM and Corporate Finance products.
Income from C&I clients fell $243 million, or 4 per cent, to $5,334 million but remains well diversified by client segment, product and geographic region and we continued deepening and broadening our relationship with clients.
Client income, which constitutes over 85 per cent of C&I income, fell by 3 per cent compared to H1 2013 reflecting challenging industry-wide market conditions. On a geographic basis, client income was lower across most regions except Greater China.
Income from Transaction Banking fell 2 per cent, as higher Cash Management and Custody income on the back of increased average balances was offset by lower Trade income.
FM income was impacted by cyclical factors, many of which were specific to our footprint. Income from Rates fell 33 per cent, particularly in the structured business in Korea, while FX income was down 22 per cent, despite strong volume growth as spreads compressed.
Own account income fell 13 per cent compared to H1 2013. FM income was sharply lower, reflecting the difficult market conditions which particularly impacted FX and Rates income. This was partly offset by higher ALM income, driven by improved accrual income, and higher income from Principal Finance realisations during the period.
Operating expenses were up $46 million, or 2 per cent, to $2,546 million. Expenses remain well controlled, despite increased regulatory and compliance costs.
Corporate and Institutional Clients continued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables provide an analysis of operating profit by key countries for Corporate and Institutional Clients: |
|||||||||
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.14 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
|
|
952 |
522 |
180 |
495 |
358 |
375 |
512 |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
856 |
460 |
166 |
453 |
295 |
280 |
428 |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(376) |
(271) |
(127) |
(147) |
(149) |
(174) |
(281) |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(58) |
3 |
(2) |
(27) |
(2) |
(4) |
(26) |
Other impairment |
|
|
(95) |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(71) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
76 |
- |
Operating profit1 |
|
|
423 |
253 |
51 |
321 |
207 |
273 |
134 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes $(15) million in respect of own credit adjustment (Greater China $33 million, ASEAN $(27) million and Europe $(21) million |
|||||||||
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.13 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
|
|
926 |
577 |
305 |
563 |
394 |
289 |
538 |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
850 |
455 |
214 |
468 |
322 |
262 |
419 |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(366) |
(305) |
(123) |
(173) |
(156) |
(175) |
(272) |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(1) |
- |
(17) |
(88) |
4 |
(10) |
(3) |
Other impairment |
|
|
(2) |
10 |
(19) |
- |
- |
(11) |
1 |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
66 |
- |
Operating profit1 |
|
|
557 |
282 |
146 |
302 |
242 |
159 |
264 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes $237 million in respect of own credit adjustment (Greater China $7 million, NE Asia $2 million, ASEAN $93 million and Europe $135 million) |
|||||||||
|
|
|
6 months ended 31.12.13 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
|
|
848 |
487 |
182 |
491 |
355 |
295 |
461 |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
771 |
465 |
164 |
449 |
298 |
268 |
417 |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(371) |
(246) |
(126) |
(165) |
(154) |
(170) |
(256) |
Loan impairment |
|
|
8 |
(9) |
(36) |
(7) |
(6) |
- |
(3) |
Other impairment |
|
|
- |
- |
(8) |
(76) |
- |
(3) |
1 |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
65 |
- |
Operating profit1 |
|
|
485 |
232 |
12 |
243 |
195 |
187 |
203 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes $(131) million in respect of own credit adjustment (Greater China $(8) million, ASEAN $(48) million and Europe $(75) million) |
Loan impairment increased by $69 million, or 35 per cent, to $266 million, driven by a small number of clients in Greater China, including $62 million in respect of lending secured by Commodities, Africa, Europe and within the ASEAN region. This was partly offset by lower impairment in India as the prior period was impacted by a small number of exposures.
Other impairment was higher by $141 million at $169 million, largely due to commodity financing positions in Greater China and impairments against certain strategic investments within the Europe region.
Operating profit fell by $488 million, or 17 per cent, to $2,443 million.
Commercial Clients |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables provide an analysis of operating profit by geographic regions for Commercial Clients: |
|||||||||
|
6 months ended 30.06.14 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
248 |
33 |
90 |
89 |
83 |
73 |
- |
- |
616 |
Of which - Client income |
267 |
46 |
86 |
82 |
77 |
59 |
- |
- |
617 |
Operating expenses |
(142) |
(41) |
(35) |
(68) |
(37) |
(39) |
- |
- |
(362) |
Loan impairment |
(49) |
(22) |
(18) |
(4) |
(6) |
(1) |
- |
- |
(100) |
Other impairment |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
- |
- |
- |
11 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
11 |
Operating profit/(loss) |
57 |
(30) |
37 |
28 |
40 |
33 |
- |
- |
165 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
306 |
50 |
157 |
155 |
86 |
58 |
- |
- |
812 |
Of which - Client income |
308 |
51 |
102 |
91 |
80 |
63 |
- |
- |
695 |
Operating expenses |
(144) |
(44) |
(46) |
(66) |
(38) |
(36) |
- |
- |
(374) |
Loan impairment |
(5) |
(8) |
(11) |
(3) |
(13) |
(3) |
- |
- |
(43) |
Other impairment |
17 |
- |
- |
(3) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
14 |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
- |
- |
- |
17 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
17 |
Operating profit/(loss) |
174 |
(2) |
100 |
100 |
35 |
19 |
- |
- |
426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 31.12.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
293 |
43 |
108 |
99 |
87 |
69 |
- |
- |
699 |
Of which - Client income |
254 |
46 |
90 |
92 |
80 |
64 |
- |
- |
626 |
Operating expenses |
(145) |
(45) |
(37) |
(54) |
(35) |
(41) |
- |
- |
(357) |
Loan impairment |
(22) |
(13) |
(57) |
(6) |
(15) |
(1) |
- |
- |
(114) |
Other impairment |
(1) |
- |
(26) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(27) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
- |
- |
- |
20 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
20 |
Operating profit/(loss) |
125 |
(15) |
(12) |
59 |
37 |
27 |
- |
- |
221 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Commercial client segment serves medium-sized business clients who are managed by relationship managers.
Over three quarters of the client income from Commercial clients is generated by Transaction Banking, Financial Markets and Lending products.
Operating income for Commercial clients fell by $196 million, or 24 per cent, to $616 million.
Client income fell 11 per cent, with FM income in Hong Kong being the biggest driver of the fall, as the RMB band widening reduced client demand which disrupted the flow of FX revenues. Transaction Banking income declined primarily due to lower Cash Management income. Lending income was also lower as we exited low return exposures.
Own account income declined by $118 million reflecting a fall in income from Principal Finance as a result of lower mark to market valuations and reduced levels of realisations in the current period relating to Commercial clients. This primarily impacted income in Singapore and India.
Expenses were down $12 million, or 3 per cent, to $362 million as we tightly managed costs.
Loan impairment increased by $57 million to $100 million, driven by a small number of exposures in Hong Kong, Korea and China.
Other impairment in H1 2013 benefitted from recoveries on the realisation of previously impaired Principal Finance investments in China while H2 2013 was impacted by an investment write-down in India.
Operating profit fell by $261 million, or 61 per cent, to $165 million, with Hong Kong down $81 million to $87 million, India down $64 million to $34 million and Singapore down $54 million to $11 million.
Commercial Clients continued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables provide an analysis of operating profit by key countries for Commercial Clients: |
|||||||||
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.14 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
|
|
214 |
50 |
33 |
86 |
69 |
7 |
- |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
204 |
47 |
46 |
82 |
64 |
40 |
- |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(95) |
(40) |
(41) |
(34) |
(31) |
(31) |
- |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(32) |
1 |
(22) |
(18) |
(2) |
(17) |
- |
Other impairment |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Operating profit/(loss) |
|
|
87 |
11 |
(30) |
34 |
36 |
(41) |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.13 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
|
|
259 |
106 |
50 |
153 |
74 |
21 |
- |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
244 |
55 |
51 |
97 |
69 |
41 |
- |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(90) |
(42) |
(44) |
(44) |
(31) |
(37) |
- |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(1) |
1 |
(8) |
(11) |
(6) |
(4) |
- |
Other impairment |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
17 |
- |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Operating profit/(loss) |
|
|
168 |
65 |
(2) |
98 |
37 |
(3) |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 31.12.13 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
|
|
210 |
52 |
43 |
103 |
71 |
66 |
- |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
192 |
53 |
46 |
86 |
67 |
45 |
- |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(91) |
(29) |
(45) |
(36) |
(30) |
(36) |
- |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(3) |
(1) |
(13) |
(56) |
(12) |
(19) |
- |
Other impairment |
|
|
(2) |
- |
- |
(26) |
- |
1 |
- |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Operating profit/(loss) |
|
|
114 |
22 |
(15) |
(15) |
29 |
12 |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private Banking Clients |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables provide an analysis of operating profit by geographic regions for Private Banking Clients: |
|||||||||
|
6 months ended 30.06.14 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
70 |
- |
17 |
138 |
14 |
- |
- |
75 |
314 |
Of which - Client income |
63 |
- |
15 |
134 |
14 |
- |
- |
69 |
295 |
Operating expenses |
(53) |
- |
(8) |
(76) |
(15) |
- |
- |
(75) |
(227) |
Loan impairment |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Other impairment |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(16) |
(16) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Operating profit/(loss) |
17 |
- |
9 |
62 |
(1) |
- |
- |
(16) |
71 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
58 |
10 |
20 |
124 |
12 |
- |
- |
77 |
301 |
Of which - Client income |
52 |
9 |
15 |
127 |
12 |
- |
- |
69 |
284 |
Operating expenses |
(47) |
(10) |
(8) |
(73) |
(12) |
- |
- |
(63) |
(213) |
Loan impairment |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(8) |
- |
(8) |
Other impairment |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
1 |
Operating profit/(loss) |
11 |
- |
12 |
51 |
- |
- |
(8) |
15 |
81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 31.12.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
58 |
- |
14 |
125 |
16 |
- |
- |
72 |
285 |
Of which - Client income |
54 |
- |
13 |
128 |
14 |
- |
- |
73 |
282 |
Operating expenses |
(45) |
- |
(8) |
(68) |
(11) |
- |
- |
(62) |
(194) |
Loan impairment |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Other impairment |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
1 |
Operating profit |
13 |
- |
6 |
57 |
5 |
- |
- |
11 |
92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Private Banking client segment is dedicated to giving high net worth clients highly personalised service and a comprehensive suite of products and services tailored to meet their financial needs.
Income from Private Banking clients primarily relates to Wealth Management and Retail products, including lending, generated from clients across Asia, Africa and the Middle East.
Operating income from Private Banking clients increased $13 million, or 4 per cent, to $314 million. Excluding income from Korea (which we exited in H2 2013), income rose 8 per cent. This reflected strong growth across the Hong Kong and the advising centres, led by Wealth Management, Lending and Mortgage products and good traction in sales of structured notes, equities and funds leveraging on improved market sentiment. This was partly offset by lower income from Deposits due to margin compression.
Client assets under management (AuM) grew 13 per cent compared to H1 2013 driven by higher investment balances.
Expenses were up $14 million, or 7 per cent, at $227 million. Excluding Korea, expenses rose 12 per cent. The increase reflects additional costs related to the exit of our Geneva business.
Other impairment increased to $16 million following a writedown of an associate investment.
Operating profit fell by $10 million, or 12 per cent, to $71 million. Excluding the other impairment charge, operating profit rose 7 per cent.
Retail Clients |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables provide an analysis of operating profit by geographic regions for Retail Clients: |
|||||||||
|
6 months ended 30.06.14 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
1,082 |
456 |
229 |
700 |
284 |
240 |
- |
14 |
3,005 |
Of which - Client income |
1,015 |
431 |
220 |
671 |
269 |
227 |
- |
13 |
2,846 |
Operating expenses |
(638) |
(420) |
(157) |
(387) |
(185) |
(151) |
- |
(10) |
(1,948) |
Loan impairment |
(102) |
(185) |
(15) |
(145) |
(17) |
(14) |
- |
(2) |
(480) |
Other impairment |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
8 |
- |
- |
4 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
12 |
Operating profit/(loss) |
350 |
(149) |
57 |
172 |
82 |
75 |
- |
2 |
589 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
1,022 |
536 |
243 |
756 |
280 |
210 |
- |
14 |
3,061 |
Of which - Client income |
974 |
502 |
226 |
734 |
269 |
201 |
- |
13 |
2,919 |
Operating expenses |
(624) |
(380) |
(167) |
(430) |
(191) |
(147) |
- |
(8) |
(1,947) |
Loan impairment |
(108) |
(168) |
(18) |
(156) |
(20) |
(10) |
- |
(2) |
(482) |
Other impairment |
- |
- |
- |
3 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
3 |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
7 |
- |
- |
8 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
15 |
Operating profit/(loss) |
297 |
(12) |
58 |
181 |
69 |
53 |
- |
4 |
650 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 31.12.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
993 |
440 |
214 |
710 |
265 |
219 |
- |
16 |
2,857 |
Of which - Client income |
952 |
423 |
204 |
693 |
255 |
213 |
- |
14 |
2,754 |
Operating expenses |
(630) |
(402) |
(154) |
(408) |
(179) |
(139) |
- |
(7) |
(1,919) |
Loan impairment |
(106) |
(185) |
(23) |
(139) |
(19) |
(9) |
- |
(1) |
(482) |
Other impairment |
(1) |
(2) |
(3) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(6) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
8 |
- |
- |
8 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
16 |
Operating profit/(loss) |
264 |
(149) |
34 |
171 |
67 |
71 |
- |
8 |
466 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail clients comprise:
· Priority & International clients, managing and servicing High Value Segment customers and delivering a distinct and differentiated customer experience to them
· Personal & Preferred clients, providing banking products and services to a broader consumer market; and
· Business Clients, serving small business clients, sole proprietors and private companies, offering solutions such as working capital, business expansion, businesses protection and yield enhancement
Operating income from Retail clients fell $56 million, or 2 per cent, to $3,005 million but was up 5 per cent against H2 2013. Income from Retail clients remains diverse both by product and across geographic region. Hong Kong continues to be our largest retail market, growing income 10 per cent, which partly offset lower income from Korea, which was down 14 per cent. Excluding Korea, income rose 1 per cent compared to H1 2013.
The fall in income reflects reduced asset momentum due to derisking actions and lower margins, both of which impacted income from unsecured lending in Korea. Margin compression also impacted deposits income, which more than offset volume growth. Mortgages income was impacted by property cooling measures in Hong Kong and Singapore, reducing fee income as new transaction volumes decreased, and lower levels of originations under the Mortgage Purchase Program in Korea. Wealth Management income grew as market sentiment improved together with higher bancassurance income, which benefitted from the renewal of a multi-country distribution agreement in the current period.
Expenses were broadly flat at $1,948 million and continue to be tightly managed. Excluding the impact of a special retirement charge in Korea of $29 million, expenses fell 2 per cent.
Loan impairment was broadly flat at $480 million. Impairment in Korea rose by $17 million as we continue to see increased levels of PDRS filings. This was largely offset by lower provision levels in Malaysia and Singapore.
Operating profit fell by $61 million, or 9 per cent, to $589 million. Excluding Korea, which fell $141 million to a loss of $148 million, operating profit rose 12 per cent.
Retail Clients continued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables provide an analysis of operating profit by key countries for Retail Clients: |
|||||||||
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.14 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
|
|
756 |
325 |
456 |
161 |
155 |
133 |
- |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
704 |
316 |
431 |
154 |
148 |
121 |
- |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(342) |
(164) |
(419) |
(119) |
(91) |
(166) |
- |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(73) |
(32) |
(185) |
(11) |
(17) |
(14) |
- |
Other impairment |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
8 |
- |
Operating profit/(loss) |
|
|
341 |
129 |
(148) |
31 |
47 |
(39) |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.13 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
|
|
686 |
316 |
533 |
172 |
151 |
138 |
- |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
644 |
315 |
500 |
160 |
144 |
132 |
- |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(323) |
(194) |
(372) |
(131) |
(91) |
(171) |
- |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(68) |
(40) |
(168) |
(14) |
(15) |
(13) |
- |
Other impairment |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
7 |
- |
Operating profit/(loss) |
|
|
295 |
82 |
(7) |
27 |
45 |
(39) |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 31.12.13 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income |
|
|
680 |
316 |
440 |
147 |
149 |
125 |
- |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
642 |
315 |
422 |
137 |
141 |
119 |
- |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(333) |
(172) |
(400) |
(119) |
(88) |
(164) |
- |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(70) |
(39) |
(185) |
(19) |
(17) |
(12) |
- |
Other impairment |
|
|
- |
- |
(2) |
(3) |
- |
- |
- |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
8 |
- |
Operating profit/(loss) |
|
|
277 |
105 |
(147) |
6 |
44 |
(43) |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income by product and segment |
|
|
|
|
|
Income by product and client segment is set out below: |
|||||
|
6 months ended 30.06.14 |
||||
|
Total |
Corporate & Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
Transaction Banking |
1,918 |
1,603 |
302 |
1 |
12 |
Trade |
999 |
824 |
162 |
1 |
12 |
Cash Management and Custody |
919 |
779 |
140 |
- |
- |
Financial Markets |
1,780 |
1,662 |
118 |
- |
- |
Foreign Exchange |
636 |
537 |
99 |
- |
- |
Rates |
371 |
363 |
8 |
- |
- |
Commodities and Equities |
262 |
252 |
10 |
- |
- |
Capital Markets |
284 |
280 |
4 |
- |
- |
Credit and Other1 |
227 |
230 |
(3) |
- |
- |
Corporate Finance |
1,241 |
1,227 |
14 |
- |
- |
Wealth Management |
817 |
- |
64 |
205 |
548 |
Retail Products |
2,435 |
- |
2 |
94 |
2,339 |
Cards, Personal Loans and Unsecured Lending (CCPL) |
1,315 |
- |
- |
- |
1,315 |
Deposits |
598 |
- |
2 |
65 |
531 |
Mortgage and Auto |
474 |
- |
- |
29 |
445 |
Other Retail Products |
48 |
- |
- |
- |
48 |
Others |
1,078 |
842 |
116 |
14 |
106 |
Asset and Liability Management |
420 |
278 |
22 |
14 |
106 |
Lending and Portfolio Management |
529 |
393 |
136 |
- |
- |
Principal Finance |
129 |
171 |
(42) |
- |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating income1 |
9,269 |
5,334 |
616 |
314 |
3,005 |
1 Excludes $(15) million relating to an own credit adjustment |
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.13 |
||||
|
Total |
Corporate & Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
Transaction Banking |
1,964 |
1,633 |
322 |
1 |
8 |
Trade |
1,042 |
865 |
168 |
1 |
8 |
Cash Management and Custody |
922 |
768 |
154 |
- |
- |
Financial Markets |
2,212 |
2,043 |
169 |
- |
- |
Foreign Exchange |
835 |
687 |
148 |
- |
- |
Rates |
552 |
542 |
10 |
- |
- |
Commodities and Equities |
288 |
276 |
12 |
- |
- |
Capital Markets |
283 |
281 |
2 |
- |
- |
Credit and Other1 |
254 |
257 |
(3) |
- |
- |
Corporate Finance |
1,238 |
1,220 |
18 |
- |
- |
Wealth Management |
755 |
- |
71 |
191 |
493 |
Retail Products |
2,588 |
- |
3 |
98 |
2,487 |
Cards, Personal Loans and Unsecured Lending (CCPL) |
1,401 |
- |
- |
- |
1,401 |
Deposits |
605 |
- |
3 |
72 |
530 |
Mortgage and Auto |
519 |
- |
- |
25 |
494 |
Other Retail Products |
63 |
- |
- |
1 |
62 |
Others |
994 |
681 |
229 |
11 |
73 |
Asset and Liability Management |
305 |
199 |
22 |
11 |
73 |
Lending and Portfolio Management |
522 |
380 |
142 |
- |
- |
Principal Finance |
167 |
102 |
65 |
- |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating income1 |
9,751 |
5,577 |
812 |
301 |
3,061 |
1 Excludes $237 million relating to an own credit adjustment |
Operating income by product and segment continued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 31.12.13 |
||||
|
Total |
Corporate & Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
Transaction Banking |
1,947 |
1,620 |
318 |
2 |
7 |
Trade |
1,027 |
850 |
168 |
2 |
7 |
Cash Management and Custody |
920 |
770 |
150 |
- |
- |
Financial Markets |
1,644 |
1,551 |
93 |
- |
- |
Foreign Exchange |
578 |
508 |
70 |
- |
- |
Rates |
365 |
358 |
7 |
- |
- |
Commodities and Equities |
219 |
216 |
3 |
- |
- |
Capital Markets |
275 |
272 |
3 |
- |
- |
Credit and Other1 |
207 |
197 |
10 |
- |
- |
Corporate Finance |
1,281 |
1,266 |
15 |
- |
- |
Wealth Management |
694 |
- |
69 |
187 |
438 |
Retail Products |
2,458 |
- |
2 |
98 |
2,358 |
Cards, Personal Loans and Unsecured Lending (CCPL) |
1,387 |
- |
- |
- |
1,387 |
Deposits |
588 |
- |
2 |
68 |
518 |
Mortgage and Auto |
478 |
- |
- |
29 |
449 |
Other Retail Products |
5 |
- |
- |
1 |
4 |
Others |
896 |
642 |
202 |
(2) |
54 |
Asset and Liability Management |
243 |
176 |
15 |
(2) |
54 |
Lending and Portfolio Management |
543 |
387 |
156 |
- |
- |
Principal Finance |
110 |
79 |
31 |
- |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating income1 |
8,920 |
5,079 |
699 |
285 |
2,857 |
1 Excludes $(131) million relating to an own credit adjustment |
|
Product performance
Transaction Banking income fell $46 million, or 2 per cent, to $1,918 million.
Trade income fell 4 per cent with lower margins than the previous year and a decline in fee income offsetting growth in balances. Growth in balances was lower than the first half of 2013, impacted by balance sheet optimisation actions taken during the period. Trade margins as a whole have stabilised since the end of 2013.
Cash Management and Custody income was flat, with margins down 4 basis points while average balances increased compared to H1 2013.
Financial Markets (FM) income was $432 million lower at $1,780 million compared to H1 2013 impacted by challenging industry-wide conditions and factors specific to Emerging Markets.
FX income fell 24 per cent to $636 million impacted by low levels of volatility across our footprint markets which reduced spreads although volumes grew strongly. Cash FX notionals rose 24 per cent and FX Option notionals rose 45 per cent. FX Options income in Hong Kong was impacted by the widening of the RMB trading band by the PBoC, which disrupted revenue flows.
Rates income fell 33 per cent to $371 million largely reflecting the challenging market conditions in the first half of 2014. Rates flow business remained resilient while the structured business was impacted by market conditions.
Commodities and Equities income fell 9 per cent to $262 million. Client hedging activity declined, as markets were range bound leading to low levels of volatility across most asset classes.
Equities income increased on the back of new product offerings and improved client connectivity.
Capital Markets income was flat at $284 million, with increased loan syndications volumes on the prior year period.
Credit and other income fell by 11 per cent to $227 million, primarily impacted by rising bonds yields.
Corporate Finance income was flat at $1,241 million as strong growth in M&A advisory income offset lower income from Strategic Finance, reflecting repayments and timing of deal flow. Structured Trade Finance income up slightly on higher client activity levels.
Wealth Management income rose 8 per cent to $817 million. Bancassurance income increased overall, benefitting from the renewal of a multi-country distribution agreement in the current period. Income from managed funds reduced as equity markets continue to recover, although this was offset by higher income from structured notes and Wealth Management lending.
Income from Retail products was $153 million lower at $2,435 million.
Income from CCPL fell 6 per cent to $1,315 million as we reduced our exposure to higher risk Personal Loans portfolio in a number of markets, particularly in Korea. Margins overall were compressed due to regulatory changes across multiple markets. Korea suffered significant margin decline as we exited the higher risk Personal Loans segment.
Deposits income was down 1 per cent at $598 million as good growth in CASA balances in Korea and Hong Kong was offset by lower margins in Time Deposits.
Mortgages and Auto Finance income fell 9 per cent to $474 million despite improved margins as property cooling measures impacted new transaction volumes in our key markets in Hong Kong and Singapore and income in Korea was primarily impacted by lower levels of origination under the Mortgage Purchase Program.
Other retail income fell 24 per cent to $48 million compared to H1 2013. Income was up $43 million against H2 2013, which was impacted by a $49 million loss on businesses held for sale in Korea.
ALM income was up 38 per cent to $420 million reflecting improved accrual income which offset lower income from securities sales.
Lending and Portfolio Management income rose by 1 per cent to $529 million. While average balances fell compared to H1 2013, this was more than offset by improved margins.
Principal Finance income fell 23 per cent to $129 million as gains from portfolio realisations were offset by reduced market valuations. Income relating to Commercial clients fell sharply largely as a result of reduced realisations and lower mark-to-market valuations.
Performance by geographic region and key countries |
|||||||||
The following tables provide an analysis of operating profit by geographic regions and key countries: |
|||||||||
|
6 months ended 30.06.14 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
2,785 |
709 |
959 |
1,920 |
951 |
878 |
414 |
653 |
9,269 |
Of which - Client income |
2,532 |
672 |
889 |
1,746 |
839 |
737 |
400 |
558 |
8,373 |
Operating expenses |
(1,410) |
(616) |
(379) |
(1,030) |
(482) |
(467) |
(300) |
(399) |
(5,083) |
Loan impairment |
(212) |
(209) |
(61) |
(215) |
(27) |
(94) |
- |
(28) |
(846) |
Other impairment |
(95) |
- |
- |
(3) |
- |
- |
- |
(87) |
(185) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
84 |
- |
- |
29 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
113 |
Operating profit/(loss)1 |
1,152 |
(116) |
519 |
701 |
442 |
317 |
114 |
139 |
3,268 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes $(15) million in respect of own credit adjustment (Greater China $33 million, ASEAN $(27) million and Europe $(21) million) |
|||||||||
|
6 months ended 30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia2 |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
2,659 |
936 |
1,099 |
2,086 |
971 |
853 |
443 |
704 |
9,751 |
Of which - Client income |
2,498 |
802 |
910 |
1,843 |
859 |
762 |
402 |
572 |
8,648 |
Operating expenses |
(1,384) |
(585) |
(425) |
(1,069) |
(493) |
(421) |
(278) |
(379) |
(5,034) |
Loan impairment |
(127) |
(193) |
(117) |
(172) |
(34) |
(75) |
(7) |
(5) |
(730) |
Other impairment |
6 |
(19) |
- |
1 |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
(11) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
73 |
- |
- |
38 |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
112 |
Operating profit1 |
1,227 |
139 |
557 |
884 |
444 |
357 |
158 |
322 |
4,088 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes $237 million in respect of own credit adjustment (Greater China $7 million, NE Asia $2 million, ASEAN $93 million and Europe $135 million) 2 Other impairment excludes $1 billion relating to goodwill impairment charge on Korea business |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 31.12.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
2,539 |
703 |
941 |
1,925 |
894 |
898 |
415 |
605 |
8,920 |
Of which - Client income |
2,348 |
660 |
860 |
1,803 |
804 |
798 |
397 |
554 |
8,224 |
Operating expenses |
(1,388) |
(601) |
(398) |
(1,006) |
(467) |
(441) |
(258) |
(600) |
(5,159) |
Loan impairment |
(115) |
(234) |
(98) |
(224) |
(13) |
(195) |
(4) |
(4) |
(887) |
Other impairment |
(5) |
(10) |
(105) |
1 |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
(118) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
73 |
- |
- |
40 |
- |
- |
- |
1 |
114 |
Operating profit/(loss)1 |
1,104 |
(142) |
340 |
736 |
414 |
262 |
153 |
3 |
2,870 |
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes $(131) million in respect of own credit adjustment (Greater China $(8) million, ASEAN $(48) million and Europe $(75) million) |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Geographic performance
Greater China
Income was up $126 million, or 5 per cent, to $2,785 million. Over 90 per cent of the income in this region is from Hong Kong and China.
Income in Hong Kong rose $63 million, or 3 per cent, to $1,992 million. Client income increased slightly, up 2 per cent. Lower income from FM was offset by an improved performance in CCPL and Wealth Management. FM income was impacted as momentum slowed following the widening of the RMB trading band during 2014, reducing income from FX Options. Rates income also fell as low levels of volatility contributed to reduced client activity. CCPL income increased reflecting growth in fee income from Cards and higher Personal loan balances although this was partly offset by lower Mortgages income as property cooling measures impacted new transaction volumes. Wealth Management income grew strongly particularly in bancassurance. Own
account income rose due to gains from commodities and increased income from ALM reflecting the deployment of surplus CNH funding.
Income in China rose $67 million, or 15 per cent, to $515 million. Client income rose slightly, up 1 per cent compared to H1 2013. Transaction Banking income grew as margins in Cash and Trade increased coupled with strong growth in Trade volumes. Income from FM products increased with good flow FX momentum as a result of the wider RMB trading band although Rates income was impacted by low volatility in the market. Income from Retail products was largely flat as growth in CCPL income was offset by lower Mortgages income, which was impacted by significant margin compression. Own account income rose, as a result of the deployment of RMB funds accumulating in from Hong Kong, Taiwan and Singapore as the Group continued to be a leader in the internationalisation of RMB.
Performance by geographic region and key countries continued |
|||||||||
The following tables provide an analysis of operating profit by key countries: |
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.14 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
|
|
1,992 |
1,035 |
669 |
759 |
596 |
515 |
535 |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
1,827 |
957 |
643 |
704 |
521 |
441 |
447 |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(866) |
(551) |
(587) |
(308) |
(286) |
(371) |
(308) |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(163) |
(28) |
(209) |
(56) |
(21) |
(35) |
(26) |
Other impairment |
|
|
(95) |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(87) |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
84 |
- |
Operating profit/(loss)1 |
|
|
868 |
455 |
(127) |
395 |
289 |
193 |
114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes own credit adjustment (Hong Kong $32 million, Singapore $(20) million, Korea $1 million, China $1 million and UK $(21) million) |
|||||||||
|
|
|
6 months ended 30.06.13 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
|
|
1,929 |
1,123 |
898 |
908 |
631 |
448 |
566 |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
1,790 |
952 |
774 |
740 |
547 |
435 |
443 |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(826) |
(614) |
(549) |
(356) |
(290) |
(383) |
(297) |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(70) |
(39) |
(193) |
(113) |
(17) |
(27) |
(3) |
Other impairment2 |
|
|
(2) |
10 |
(19) |
- |
- |
6 |
1 |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
73 |
1 |
Operating profit1 |
|
|
1,031 |
480 |
137 |
439 |
324 |
117 |
268 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes own credit adjustment (Hong Kong $2 million, Singapore $64 million, Korea $2 million, China $5 million and UK $135 million) 2 Other impairment excludes $1 billion relating to goodwill impairment charge on Korea business |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months ended 31.12.13 |
||||||
|
|
|
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
Korea |
India |
UAE |
China |
UK |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Operating income1 |
|
|
1,796 |
980 |
665 |
755 |
591 |
486 |
484 |
Of which - Client income |
|
|
1,659 |
960 |
632 |
685 |
520 |
432 |
440 |
Operating expenses |
|
|
(840) |
(515) |
(571) |
(328) |
(283) |
(370) |
(515) |
Loan impairment |
|
|
(65) |
(49) |
(234) |
(82) |
(35) |
(31) |
(3) |
Other impairment |
|
|
(2) |
- |
(10) |
(105) |
- |
(2) |
1 |
Profit from associates and joint ventures |
|
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
73 |
1 |
Operating profit/(loss)1 |
|
|
889 |
416 |
(150) |
240 |
273 |
156 |
(32) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Operating income and operating profit excludes own credit adjustment (Hong Kong $(2) million, Singapore $(35) million, Korea $(1) million, China $(6) million and UK $(75) million) |
Operating expenses across the region rose $26 million, or 2 per cent. Expenses in Hong Kong increased $40 million on the back of higher depreciation charges relating to our leasing business and investments in front-line technology. Expenses in China fell $12 million.
Loan impairment in the region was $85 million higher at $212 million and Other impairment rose $101 million to $95 million, primarily due to provisions relating to commodity financing transactions.
Operating profit fell $75 million, or 6 per cent, to $1,152 million, with Hong Kong down $163 million to $868 million and China up $76 million to $193 million.
North East Asia
Income was down $227 million, or 24 per cent, to $709 million. Korea represents over 90 per cent of income within this region.
Income in Korea fell $229 million, or 26 per cent, to $669 million. Income was up 1 per cent against H2 2013, but down 6 per cent excluding the $49 million fair value charge relating to businesses held for sale in that period. Client income fell 17 per cent compared to H1 2013 due to lower levels of income from FM and Retail products. Income from Rates was sharply lower, impacted by lower client volumes particularly in respect of structured notes and structured deposits. Lower levels of client activity also impacted Transaction Banking, where Trade income fell due to lower volumes and Cash
Performance by geographic region and key countries continued
Management income was impacted by a reduction in the size and tenor of balances. CCPL income declined as we continue to derisk the personal loan portfolio. Mortgages income also fell as Mortgage Purchase Program volumes declined. Own account income fell sharply primarily due to lower levels of Principal Finance realisations. We continued to generate income from Korean clients across our network and we opened three Korea desks in other countries to further increase the flow of cross-border transactions.
Operating expenses in Korea increased $38 million, or 7 per cent, to $587 million and includes a $32 million special retirement charge. Excluding this, expenses rose 1 per cent as we continued to tightly manage costs.
Loan impairment in Korea increased $16 million to $209 million primarily due to higher provisioning levels under the Personal Debt Rehabilitation Scheme.
Operating profit in Korea fell by $264 million to a loss of $127 million.
South Asia
Income fell $140 million, or 13 per cent, to $959 million. Around 80 per cent of the income in this region is from India.
Income in India fell by $149 million, or 16 per cent, to $759 million. On a constant currency basis, income fell 9 per cent. Client income was 5 per cent lower primarily due to reduced income from Transaction Banking and FM products. Transaction Banking income fell due to a fall in average balances across Trade and Cash Management, as we reduced low return exposures. The fall in FM income reflected lower spreads on FX products which more than offset higher volumes. This was partly offset by higher Lending income as margins improved. Income from CCPL fell as margins and balanced declined. Own account income was also lower due to lower derisking activity in the current period and lower Principal Finance realisations.
Operating expenses across the region fell $46 million, or 11 per cent, to $379 million. Expenses in India were down 13 per cent, or 4 per cent on a constant currency basis, as we reduced headcount and continued to manage costs tightly.
Loan impairment in the region fell $56 million, or 48 per cent, to $61 million as the prior period was impacted by charges on a small number of exposures.
Operating profit fell $38 million to $519 million, with India down $44 million to $395 million.
ASEAN
Income was down $166 million, or 8 per cent, to $1,920 million. While Corporate Finance income increased, difficult market conditions and regulatory headwinds, together with margin compression, impacted other products.
Income in Singapore fell $88 million, or 8 per cent, to $1,035 million. Client income remained resilient, however, increasing marginally by 1 percent compared to H1 2013. Transaction Banking income fell largely due to lower Cash Management and Trade margins which more than offset strong Trade volume momentum on the back of higher RMB assets. FM income was also down with lower income from Commodities and Equities partly offset by resilient FX flow volumes as we continued to focus on growing the RMB franchise despite increased competition and reduced client activity. Rates income was largely flat. Income from Corporate Finance rose and we gained market share, although the number of deals closed fell due to lower client activity levels. Income from retail products fell as regulatory cooling measures impacted Mortgages & Auto income, offsetting higher income from Cards reflecting portfolio growth. Own account income fell due to lower volatility, narrowing trading ranges and lower Principal Finance income.
Operating expenses fell $39 million, or 4 per cent, to $1,030 million. Expenses in Singapore fell $63 million reflecting lower levels of variable compensation and tight management of discretionary costs.
Loan impairment was up by $43 million, or 25 per cent, to $215 million. Although impairment levels in Singapore fell this was more than offset by higher provisions in Thailand.
ASEAN delivered an operating profit of $701 million, down 21 per cent, with Singapore down $25 million to $455 million.
Middle East, North Africa and Pakistan (MENAP)
Income fell $20 million, or 2 per cent, to $951 million, reflecting a challenging business environment, margin compression and heightened competition.
Income in the UAE, which generates over half of the income in this region, was down $35 million, or 6 per cent, to $596 million. Client income was down 5 per cent. Income from FM products fell primarily due to lower income from FX as spreads compressed and from Rates reflecting reduced client flows. Transaction Banking income was down, as margin compression in Cash Management offset higher average balances. Income from Corporate Finance was lower, as deal flow slowed, and Lending income was impacted by repayments and continued balance sheet optimisation. Volumes in CCPL and Mortgages increased as market conditions improved, offsetting margin compression from competitive pricing and surplus liquidity. Own account income fell due to lower income from commodities, partly offset by higher income from derisking activities in ALM.
Operating expenses in the region were $11 million, or 2 per cent, lower at $482 million, reflecting headcount rationalisation in the UAE and good cost discipline across the region.
Loan impairment in MENAP fell by $7 million to $27 million, largely within the UAE.
Operating profit for MENAP was broadly flat at $442 million although profit in the UAE fell $35 million to $289 million.
Africa
Income rose $25 million, or 3 per cent, to $878 million. On a constant currency basis income rose 11 per cent. Client income, however, fell 3 per cent on a headline basis. Transaction Banking fell due to compressed Cash Management margins and lower Trade balances, and FM income was impacted by lower FX spreads and reduced Rates volumes. Lending income also fell due to repayments and exiting low return exposures. This was partly offset by increased income from CCPL income on the back of higher balances and improved Cards margins. Unsecured lending across the region is primarily driven by payroll-linked accounts. Income from Mortgages also rose as margins and balances grew. Nigeria continues to be the largest C&I revenue engine in Africa and Kenya continues to be the largest generator of Retail income. Own account income grew primarily due to increased Principal Finance income.
Performance by geographic region and key countries continued
Operating expenses in Africa were higher by $46 million, or 11 per cent, to $467 million. On a constant currency basis, expenses rose 20 per cent primarily due to flow through of prior year investments together with investments in developing new markets.
Loan impairment increased to $94 million, up $19 million due to a small number of exposures.
Operating profit fell 11 per cent, down $40 million to $317 million. On a constant currency basis, profit fell 4 per cent.
The Americas and Europe regions act as a two-way bridge, leveraging capabilities within these regions to support our clients' cross-border needs in Asia, Africa and the Middle East
Americas
Income fell $29 million, or 7 per cent, to $414 million. Client income was flat despite increased client activity and higher volumes in Trade and Cash Management and across FX products in FM. FM income fell as a result of lower income from Rates, which was affected by low volatility and reduced bid-offer spreads, and Commodities and Equities, reflecting lower commodity prices. This was partly offset by improved FX income as increased volumes helped offset spread compression. Own account income fell, primarily as market conditions impacted FX income. This was partly offset by improved ALM income on higher reinvestment yields.
Operating expenses were $22 million, or 8 per cent, higher at $300 million primarily due to increased compliance and regulatory costs.
Operating profit fell $44 million, or 28 per cent to $114 million.
Europe
Income was down $51 million, or 7 per cent to $653 million.
Client income fell 2 per cent due to weaker demand for FM products as a result of low levels of market volatility reducing client hedging requirements and investment opportunities. While volumes in FX and Rates grew strongly, this was more than offset by significant spread compression. Corporate Finance income also fell on the back of repayments and lower deal volumes. This was partly offset by a rise in Transaction Banking income as balances grew and margins improved. Lending income was lower as balances reduced as we managed down low return exposures. Income from Wealth Management and Retail products provided to Private Banking clients was broadly flat. Own account income fell, impacted by difficult market conditions, although ALM income rose as we deployed surplus liquidity.
Operating expenses rose $20 million, or 5 per cent, to $399 million partly due to costs incurred to exit our Private Banking operations in Geneva. Expenses in H2 2013 included the cost of the UK bank levy of $235 million.
Loan Impairment was higher by $23 million to $28 million. Other impairment increased $88 million to $87 million as a result of impairments on certain strategic and associate investments.
Operating profit fell by $183 million to $139 million.
Group summary consolidated balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H1 2014 vs |
H1 2014 vs |
|
H1 2014 vs |
H1 2014 vs |
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
|
H1 2013 |
H2 2013 |
|
H1 2013 |
H2 2013 |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
$million |
$million |
|
% |
% |
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks |
62,182 |
57,621 |
54,534 |
|
4,561 |
7,648 |
|
8 |
14 |
Loans and advances to banks1 |
91,420 |
74,880 |
86,169 |
|
16,540 |
5,251 |
|
22 |
6 |
Loans and advances to customers1 |
305,061 |
291,793 |
296,015 |
|
13,268 |
9,046 |
|
5 |
3 |
Investment securities1 |
127,456 |
114,932 |
124,277 |
|
12,524 |
3,179 |
|
11 |
3 |
Derivative financial instruments |
48,105 |
54,548 |
61,802 |
|
(6,443) |
(13,697) |
|
(12) |
(22) |
Other assets |
55,914 |
56,183 |
51,583 |
|
(269) |
4,331 |
|
- |
8 |
Total assets |
690,138 |
649,957 |
674,380 |
|
40,181 |
15,758 |
|
6 |
2 |
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits by banks1 |
50,375 |
45,390 |
44,526 |
|
4,985 |
5,849 |
|
11 |
13 |
Customer accounts1 |
390,523 |
380,785 |
390,971 |
|
9,738 |
(448) |
|
3 |
- |
Debt securities in issue1 |
80,324 |
65,524 |
71,412 |
|
14,800 |
8,912 |
|
23 |
12 |
Derivative financial instruments |
47,785 |
53,781 |
61,236 |
|
(5,996) |
(13,451) |
|
(11) |
(22) |
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds |
24,691 |
18,393 |
20,397 |
|
6,298 |
4,294 |
|
34 |
21 |
Other liabilities1 |
47,878 |
40,726 |
38,997 |
|
7,152 |
8,881 |
|
18 |
23 |
Total liabilities |
641,576 |
604,599 |
627,539 |
|
36,977 |
14,037 |
|
6 |
2 |
Equity |
48,562 |
45,358 |
46,841 |
|
3,204 |
1,721 |
|
7 |
4 |
Total liabilities and shareholders' funds |
690,138 |
649,957 |
674,380 |
|
40,181 |
15,758 |
|
6 |
2 |
1 Includes balances held at fair value through profit or loss
Balance sheet
Unless otherwise stated, the variance and analysis explanations compare the position as at 30 June 2014 with the position as at 31 December 2013.
The Group's balance sheet remains resilient and well diversified. We continue to be highly liquid and primarily deposit funded, with an advances to deposits ratio of 78.1 per cent, up from the previous year-end position of 75.7 per cent. We continue to be a net lender into the interbank market, particularly in Hong Kong, Singapore and within the Americas and Europe regions. The Group's funding structure remains conservative, with limited levels of refinancing over the next few years.
The Group remains well capitalised although our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio fell to 10.5 per cent from 10.9 per cent at the year end primarily due to the timing of dividend payments and higher risk-weighted assets.
The profile of our balance sheet remains stable, with over 70 per cent of our financial assets held at amortised cost, and 58 per cent of total assets have a residual maturity of less than one year. The Group continues to have low exposure to problem asset classes.
Balance sheet footings grew by $16 billion, or 2 per cent, during this period, and we continued to see good growth in customer lending.
Cash and balances at central banks
Cash balances rose by $7.6 billion reflecting higher surplus liquidity and we continue to hold substantial balances with central banks.
Loans and advances to banks and customers
Loans to banks and customers, grew by $14 billion, or 4 per cent, to $396 billion.
Loans to C&I and Commercial clients are well diversified by geography and client segment and the business continued to strengthen its existing client relationships, growing customer advances by $7 billion, or 4 per cent, to $186 billion. Lending increased in Hong Kong, up 13 per cent, and Singapore, up 6 per cent, driven by the continued ability of these geographies to support cross border business originating across the network.
Growth was also seen across a broad range of industry sectors, reflecting increased trade activity and a continued focus on commerce, manufacturing and mining sectors which make up over 55 per cent of customer lending.
Loans to banks increased 6 per cent, with balances in Korea up 24 per cent reflecting placement of surplus liquidity and Europe up 9 per cent, reflecting its role as a bridge between the West and our footprint markets.
Lending to Retail and Private Banking clients rose $1.8 billion to $119 billion. 79 per cent is fully secured and the mortgage book continued to be conservatively placed, with an average loan to value ratio of 49.6 per cent. Mortgage balances rose by $1.6 billion, primarily in Hong Kong, while increasing levels of regulatory restrictions and intensifying competition impacted growth in other markets. Although we continued to see good demand for Card based products, CCPL balances fell $2 billion as we derisked Personal Loan portfolios in a number of markets and in Korea in particular.
Investment securities
Investment securities rose by $3.2 billion as we re-positioned our liquid assets, reducing holdings of Treasury Bills and increasing investments in highly rated corporate debt securities in line with the eligibility criteria for liquid asset buffers. The maturity profile of these assets is largely consistent with prior periods, with around 43 per cent of the book having a residual maturity of less than twelve months. Equity investments also reduced as we realised a number of Principal Finance investments.
Derivatives
Customer appetite for derivative transactions has reduced reflecting low levels of volatility in the market which has reduced client hedging needs. Notional values increased since the last year end reflecting a higher volume of short-dated transactions with Financial Institutions as a result of lower levels of volatility. Unrealised positive mark-to-market positions were $13.7 billion lower at $48 billion. Our risk positions continue to be largely balanced, resulting in a corresponding reduction in negative mark to market positions. Of the $48 billion mark to market positions, $34 billion was available for offset due to master netting agreements.
Deposits
Customer accounts were broadly flat to the end of 2013 while deposits by banks increased 13 per cent, or $6 billion, largely due to higher clearing balances. Customer deposits fell across the Greater China region as we exited higher cost Time Deposits while CASA remained broadly stable. This was offset by growth in Singapore, where we increased corporate term deposits and built up retail CASA balances, and in the Americas region reflecting higher clearing balances. CASA continued to be core of the customer deposit base, constituting over 50 per cent of customer deposits.
Debt securities in issue, subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds
We continued to see good demand for our name across debt instruments. Subordinated liabilities rose $4.3 billion, as we replaced maturing debt, including the issuance of a 30 year instrument. Debt securities in issue grew by $9 billion, primarily in Short-dated certificates of deposit.
Equity
Total shareholders' equity was $1.7 billion higher at $48.6 billion reflecting profit accretion for the period, partly offset by dividend payments (net of scrip) of $0.7 billion.
Standard Chartered PLC - Risk Review
The following parts of the Risk review form part of the financial statements: 'Regulatory compliance, review, requests for information and investigations' and 'Risk of fraud and other criminal acts' on pages 30 and 31. From the start of the 'Risk management' section on page 31 to the end of the 'Pension risk' section on page 85. Excluding: Asset Backed Securities, page 63, Encumbered assets, page 74 and Liquidity coverage ratio and Net stable Funding ratio, page 79.
Risk overview
Standard Chartered has a defined risk appetite, approved by the Board, which is an expression of the amount of risk we are prepared to take and plays a central role in the development of our strategic plans and policies. Our overall risk appetite has not changed. We regularly assess our aggregate risk profile, conduct stress tests and monitor concentrations to ensure that we are operating within our approved risk appetite. Further details on our approach to risk appetite and stress testing are set out on page 33.
We review and adjust our underwriting standards and limits in response to observed and anticipated changes in the external environment and the evolving expectations of our stakeholders. During the first half of 2014, we maintained a cautious stance overall, whilst continuing to support our core clients. We selectively reduced certain retail unsecured portfolios, principally in Korea. Credit risk management is covered in more detail on page 34.
Our balance sheet and liquidity have remained strong. Over half of total assets mature within one year and of these approximately 70 per cent mature within three months. The balance sheet is highly diversified across a wide range of products, industries, geographies and customer segments, which serves to mitigate risk:
· Customer loans and advances are 44 per cent of total assets, which is unchanged since December 2013
· The Manufacturing sector in Corporate and Institutional and Commercial client segments, which is 25 per cent of lending, unchanged since December 2013, remains diversified by industry and geography
· The largest concentration to any globally correlated industry is to energy at 20 per cent of total Corporate and Institutional and Commercial clients assets, which is slightly below 21 per cent at the year end. The exposure is well spread across six subsectors and over 370 client groups and, reflecting the trade bias in the portfolio, 57 per cent of exposures mature within one year
· 66 per cent of loans and advances to customers in the Corporate & Institutional and Commercial client segments mature in under one year, which is unchanged compared to December 2013.
· Our top 20 corporate exposures continue to be highly diversified, with each, on average, spread across seven markets and six industries
· Our cross-border asset exposure is also diversified and reflects our strategic focus on our core markets and customer segments. Further details are set out on page 66
· 39 per cent of customer loans and advances are in Retail products; 79 per cent of these are fully secured and the overall loan to value ratio on our mortgage portfolio is less than 50 per cent, compared with 78 per cent and 50 per cent at the end of 2013 respectively
· The unsecured Retail products portfolio is spread across multiple products in over 30 markets
We have low exposure to asset classes and segments outside our core markets and target customer base. We have no direct sovereign exposure (as defined by the European Banking Authority (EBA) to Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal or Spain. Our exposure in these countries is primarily in trade finance and financial markets. Further details of our eurozone exposures are given on page 65. Our exposure to countries impacted by the political developments in the Middle East and North Africa are also low. Exposures in Iraq, Syria, Jordan, Lebanon, Egypt, Libya, Algeria and Tunisia represent less than 0.5 per cent of our total assets. Our exposure to Russia and Ukraine is very low. It represents less than 0.05 per cent of our total assets.
Our exposures to commercial real estate and leveraged loans account for 2 per cent and 1 per cent of our total assets respectively. The notional value of the Asset Backed Securities (ABS) portfolio, which accounts for 1 per cent of our total assets increased by $1.9 billion in 2014 due to investments in high quality, senior ABS and Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (RMBS) assets held in the Group's portfolio of marketable securities. Further details are given on page 63.
We have closely managed our exposures in markets and sectors which have faced downturns during the first half of 2014, increasing collateral cover and selectively reducing exposures and limits.
Market risk is tightly monitored using Value at Risk (VaR) methodologies complemented by sensitivity measures, gross nominal limits and loss triggers at a detailed portfolio level. This is supplemented with extensive stress testing which takes account of more extreme price movements. Our overall trading book market risk has risen during the first half of 2014 by 21 percent compared to the second half of 2013 and by 11 percent compared to the first half of 2013 in terms of value at risk. Further details on market risk are given on page 67.
We maintained a strong advances-to-deposits ratio in the first half of 2014. Liquidity continues to be deployed to support growth opportunities in our chosen markets. We manage liquidity in our branches and operating subsidiaries in each country, ensuring that we can meet all short-term funding and collateral requirements and that our balance sheet remains structurally sound. Our customer deposit base is diversified by type and maturity and we are a net provider of liquidity to the interbank money markets. We have a substantial portfolio of marketable securities that can be realised in the event of liquidity stress. Further details on liquidity are provided on pages 72 to 83.
We continue to engage actively with our regulators, including the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA), the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), the Bank of England (BoE) and our 'host' regulators in each of the markets in which we operate.
We have a well-established risk governance structure, which is set out on page 32, and an experienced senior team. Members of our most senior executive body (the Court) sit on our principal risk executive committees, which ensure that risk oversight is a strong focus for all our executive directors, while common membership between these committees helps us address the inter-relationships between risk types. Board committees provide additional risk management oversight and challenge.
We continue to build on the Group's culture of risk management discipline. We recognise that failures of regulatory compliance have damaged the Group's reputation, and continue to pay close attention to this. We have continued to reinforce our values and our brand promise, in part through continued emphasis on Group's Code of Conduct. The management of operational risk, more broadly, continues to be enhanced as we incrementally roll out our new approach across all areas of the Group. We are introducing increased rigour in the process for anticipating a wide variety of operational risks and in our assessments of risks and control effectiveness. Operational risk and reputational risk are covered in more detail on pages 84 to 85.Impairment review
Impairment review
The total loan impairment charge for 2014 has increased by $116 million, or 16 per cent, to $846 million compared to H1 2013. This represents 55 basis points of total customer net loans and advances.
In Retail Clients, total loan impairment provisions have remained flat as the increase in Korea Personal Debt Rehabilitation Scheme (PDRS) filings has been offset by lower provision requirements in ASEAN. Portfolio impairment provisions also reduced as we reduced high risk personal loans exposure. We remain disciplined in our approach to risk management and proactive in our collection efforts to minimise account delinquencies.
In Corporate and Institutional Clients, total loan impairment provisions on balance sheet have increased by $206 million, or 11 per cent, compared to 31 December 2013. This was concentrated in a few names in Greater China and Africa. Loan impairment for Corporate & Institutional Clients represents 32 basis points of customer net loans and advances and remains in line with the range of our experience since 2009. The credit quality of the portfolio remains high in spite of the volatility in commodity prices and currencies.
Further details of credit risk in respect of the Group's loans portfolio is set out on pages 34 to 61.
Other impairment has increased by $174 million to $185 million reflecting the write-down of commodity assets arising from a fraud in Greater China and certain strategic and associate investments.
Principal uncertainties
We are in the business of taking selected risks to generate shareholder value, and we seek to contain and mitigate these risks to ensure they remain within our risk appetite and are adequately compensated.
The key uncertainties we face in the current year are set out below. This should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties that we may experience.
Deteriorating macroeconomic conditions in footprint countries
Macroeconomic conditions have an impact on personal expenditure and consumption, demand for business products and services, the debt service burden of consumers and businesses, the general availability of credit for retail and corporate borrowers and the availability of capital and liquidity funding for our business. All these factors may impact our performance.
The world economy is coming out of a difficult period and although the rate of growth is increasing, uncertainty remains. The unwinding of the US Federal Reserve's quantitative easing programme could lead to higher interest rates, volatility in financial markets and capital flight from emerging markets which may threaten the growth trajectory of some vulnerable economies. A slowdown in China's growth may depress prices and trade in a number of commodity sectors such as energy, metals and mining sectors, and a prolonged slowdown could have wider economic repercussions.
The sovereign crisis in the eurozone is not fully resolved and, although acute risks have been addressed by ongoing policy initiatives and the prospects for many of the European economies have improved, there is still a need for substantial new structural reform (see additional information on the risk of redenomination on page 64).
Our exposure to eurozone sovereign debt is very low. However, we remain alert to the risk of secondary impacts from events on financial institutions, other counterparties and global economic growth.
Inflation and property prices appear to be under control in most of the countries in which we operate, though some central banks are already employing macro-prudential tools to temper property price increases. Changes in monetary policy could lead to significant increases in interest rates from their currently low historical levels, with resulting impacts on the wider economy and on property values.
We balance risk and return taking account of changing conditions through the economic cycle, and monitor economic trends in our markets very closely. We conduct stress tests to assess the effects of extreme but plausible trading conditions on our portfolio and also continuously review the suitability of our risk policies and controls. We manage credit exposures following the principle of diversification across products, geographies, client and customer segments. This provides for strong resilience against economic shocks in one or more of our portfolios.
Regulatory changes
Our business as an international bank will continue to be subject to an evolving and complex regulatory framework comprising legislation, regulation and codes of practice, in each of the countries in which we operate. A key uncertainty relates to the way in which governments and regulators adjust laws, regulations and economic policies in response to macroeconomic and other systemic conditions. The nature and impact of such future changes are not always predictable and could run counter to our strategic interests. Some are anticipated to have a significant impact, such as changes to capital and liquidity regimes, changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets, derivatives reform, remuneration reforms, recovery and resolution plans, banking structural reforms in a number of markets, (including proposals which could result in (i) deposit-taking entities being ring-fenced from Corporate and Institutional Clients activities and (ii) local branches of international banking groups being subsidiarised), the UK bank levy and the US Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act. In relation to the banking structural reforms, the European Commission has published a legislative proposal for a regulation introducing structural reforms to the EU banking sector, including a prohibition on proprietary trading and separation powers for supervisors relating to banks' other trading activities. Uncertainty remains regarding details of the application of the European Union's Capital Requirements Directive and Regulation (CRD IV), the proposed Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD) and Over the Counter (OTC) derivative reforms across our markets which could potentially have a material impact on the Group and its business model. Proposed changes could also adversely affect economic growth, the volatility and liquidity of the financial markets and, consequently, the way we conduct business, structure our global operating model and manage capital and liquidity. These effects may directly or indirectly impact our financial performance. Despite these concerns, we remain a highly liquid and well capitalised bank under current and currently published future regimes.
It is in the wider interest to have a well run financial system, and we are supportive of a tighter regulatory regime that enhances the resilience of the international financial system. The Group will continue to participate in the regulatory debate through responses to consultations and working towards an improved and workable regulatory architecture. We are also encouraging our international regulators to work together to develop co-ordinated approaches to regulating and resolving cross border banking groups. We support changes to laws, regulations and codes of practice that will improve the overall stability of, and the conduct within, the financial system because this provides benefits to our clients and shareholders and the broader geographies and markets in which we operate. However, we also have concerns that certain proposals may not achieve this desired objective and may have unintended consequences, either individually or in terms of aggregate impact.
Regulatory compliance, reviews, requests for information and investigations
Since the global financial crisis, the banking industry has been subject to increased regulatory scrutiny. There has been an unprecedented volume of regulatory changes and requirements, as well as a more intensive approach to supervision and oversight, resulting in an increasing number of regulatory reviews, requests for information and investigations, often with enforcement consequences, involving banks.
While the Group seeks to comply with the letter and spirit of all applicable laws and regulations at all times, it may be subject to regulatory actions, reviews, requests for information (including subpoenas and requests for documents) and investigations across our markets, the outcomes of which are generally difficult to predict and can be material to the Group. Where laws and regulations across the geographies in which the Group operates contradict each other or create conflicting obligations, the Group aspires to meet both local requirements and appropriate global standards.
In 2012 the Group reached settlements with the US authorities regarding US sanctions compliance in the period 2001 to 2007, involving a Consent Order by the New York Department of Financial Services (NYSDFS), a Cease and Desist Order by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (FRBNY), Deferred Prosecution Agreements with each of the Department of Justice and the District Attorney of New York (each a 'DPA') and a Settlement Agreement with the Office of Foreign Assets Control. In addition to the civil penalties totalling $667 million, the terms of these settlements (together the 'Settlements') include a number of conditions and ongoing obligations with regard to improving sanctions, Anti-Money Laundering (AML) and Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) controls such as remediation programmes, reporting requirements, compliance reviews and programmes, banking transparency requirements, training measures, audit programmes, disclosure obligations and the appointment of an independent monitor (the "Monitor"). These obligations are managed under a programme of work referred to as the US Supervisory Remediation Program (SRP). The SRP comprises workstreams designed to ensure compliance with the remediation requirements contained in all of the Settlements. The Group has established a Financial Crime Risk Mitigation Programme (FCRMP), which is a comprehensive, multi-year programme designed to review many aspects of the Group's existing approach to anti-money laundering and sanctions compliance and to enhance them as appropriate. One key component of the FCRMP is to oversee and manage the SRP. As part of the FCRMP the Group or its advisors may identify new issues, potential breaches or matters requiring further review or further process improvements that could impact the scope or duration of the FCRMP.
1 The US authorities comprise The New York Department of Financial Services (DFS), the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), the New York County District Attorney's Office (DANY), the United States Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Federal Reserve (NYFED)
The Group is engaged with all relevant authorities to implement these programmes and meet the obligations under the Settlements and is responding to further requests for information and inquiries related to its historic, current and future compliance with the relevant sanctions and AML regimes of all jurisdictions in which it operates.
As a result of its ongoing reviews and continuing engagement with US authorities, the Group believes that the term of the DPAs is likely to be extended. (The DPAs provide that if the Group fulfils all the requirements imposed by the DPAs, the applicable charges against the Group will be dismissed at the end of their applicable term.)
Separately, certain issues have been identified with respect to the Group's post-transaction surveillance system, which is part of its anti-money laundering systems and controls and is separate from the Group's sanctions screening systems. The Group is engaged in discussions with NYSDFS and the Monitor with respect to those issues and their ongoing remediation. The Group believes that the resolution of these issues is likely to involve an enforcement action by the NYSDFS that would include an extension of the term of the Monitor beyond the original two-year term, a monetary penalty and remedial actions.
The Group recognises that its compliance with historical, current and future sanctions, as well as AML and BSA requirements, and customer due diligence practices, not just in the US but throughout its footprint, is and will remain a focus of the relevant authorities.
As part of their remit to oversee market conduct, regulators and other agencies in certain markets are conducting investigations or requesting reviews into a number of areas of market conduct, including sales and trading, involving a range of financial products, and submissions made to set various market interest rates and other financial benchmarks, such as foreign exchange. At relevant times, certain of the Group's branches and/or subsidiaries were (and are) participants in some of those markets, in some cases submitting data to bodies that set such rates and other financial benchmarks. The Group is contributing to industry proposals to strengthen financial benchmarks processes in certain markets and continues to review its practices and processes in the light of the investigations, reviews and the industry proposals.
The Group is co-operating with all relevant ongoing reviews, requests for information and investigations. While the Group seeks to comply with the letter and spirit of all applicable laws and regulations, the outcome of these reviews, requests for information and investigations is uncertain and could result in further actions, penalties or fines but it is not possible to predict the extent of any liabilities or other consequences that may arise.
For further details on legal and regulatory matters refer to note 31 on page150.
Financial markets dislocation
There is a risk that a sudden financial market dislocation, perhaps as a result of a tightening of monetary policy in the major economies, a deterioration of the sovereign debt crisis in the eurozone, or a geopolitical event could significantly increase general financial market volatility which could affect our performance or the availability of capital or liquidity. In addition, reduction of monetary intervention by the US Federal Reserve, or other central banks, could disrupt external funding for some economies leading to lower growth and financial markets volatility. These factors may have an impact on the mark-to-market valuations of assets in our available-for-sale and trading portfolios. The potential losses incurred by certain clients holding derivative contracts during periods of financial market volatility could also lead to an increase in disputes and corporate defaults. At the same time, financial market instability could cause some financial institution counterparties to experience tighter liquidity conditions or even fail. There is no certainty that Government action to reduce the systemic risk will be successful and it may have unintended consequences.
We stress test our market risk exposures to highlight the potential impact of extreme market events on those exposures and to confirm that they are within authorised stress loss triggers. Stress scenarios are regularly updated to reflect changes in risk profile and economic events. Where necessary, overall reductions in market risk exposure are enforced. We closely monitor the performance of our financial institution counterparties and adjust our exposure to these counterparties as necessary. We maintain robust processes to assess the appropriateness and suitability of products and services we provide to clients and customers to mitigate the risk of disputes.
Geopolitical events
We operate in a large number of markets around the world, and our performance is in part reliant on the openness of cross-border trade and capital flows. We face a risk that geopolitical tensions or conflicts in our footprint could impact trade flows, our customers' ability to pay, and our ability to manage capital or operations across borders.
We actively monitor the political situation in all our principal markets. We also monitor the development of broader geopolitical events such as in Ukraine, the Middle East and territorial disputes in North East Asia. We conduct stress loss tests of the impact of extreme but plausible geopolitical events on our performance and the potential for such events to jeopardise our ability to operate within our stated risk appetite. Further details on stress testing are given on page 33.
Risk of fraud and other criminal acts
The banking industry has long been a target for third parties seeking to defraud, to disrupt legitimate economic activity, or to facilitate other illegal activities. Concerns about cyber risk have risen significantly, driven in part by geopolitical events. Cyber crime risks include fraud, vandalism and damage to critical infrastructure.
While the internet and networked technologies have provided major opportunities for digitising business, they have also given rise to significant risks as well-equipped and motivated attackers become more sophisticated. The incidence of cyber crime is rising, becoming more globally coordinated, and is a challenge for all organisations.
We seek to be vigilant to the risk of internal and external crime in our management of people, processes, systems and in our dealings with customers and other stakeholders. The Group has implemented a range of cyber defences to protect from hacking, misuse, malware, errors, social engineering and physical threats. Controls are embedded in our policies and procedures across a wide range of the Group's activities, such as origination, recruitment, physical and information security. We use third parties where appropriate to further protect, test, validate and strengthen our defences.
We actively collaborate with our peers, regulators and other expert bodies as part of our response to this risk.
The Group's controls to address money laundering risks are under review as part of the Group's Financial Crime Risk Mitigation Programme, referred to in the section headed "Regulatory compliance, reviews, requests for information and investigations" above.
Fraud and criminal activity may also give rise to litigation impacting the Group. In December 2008 Bernard Madoff confessed to running a Ponzi scheme through Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities, LLC ('BMIS'). American Express Bank ('AEB'), acquired by the Group in February 2008, had provided clients with access to funds that invested in BMIS. BMIS and the funds are in liquidation. Certain clients have brought actions against the Group in various jurisdictions seeking to recover losses based principally on the assertion that inadequate due diligence was undertaken on the funds. In addition, the BMIS bankruptcy trustee and the funds' liquidator have commenced proceedings against the Group, seeking to recover sums paid to clients when they redeemed their investments prior to BMIS' bankruptcy. There is a range of possible outcomes in the litigation described above, with the result that it is not possible for the Group to estimate reliably the liability that might arise. However, the Group considers that it has good defences to the asserted claims and continues to defend them vigorously.
For further details on legal and regulatory matters refer to note 31 on page 150.
Exchange rate movements
Changes in exchange rates affect, among other things, the value of our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, as well as the earnings reported by our non-US dollar denominated branches and subsidiaries. Sharp currency movements can also impact trade flows and the wealth of clients both of which could have an impact on our performance.
We monitor exchange rate movements closely and adjust our exposures accordingly. Under certain circumstances, we may take the decision to hedge our foreign exchange exposures in order to protect our capital ratios from the effects of changes in exchange rates. The effect of exchange rate movements on the capital adequacy ratio is mitigated to the extent there are proportionate movements in risk weighted assets.
The table below sets out the period end and average currency exchange rates per US dollar for India, Korea, Indonesia and Taiwan for the first half of 2014 and the half year periods ending 30 June 2013 and 31 December 2013. These are the markets for which currency exchange rate movements have had the greatest translation impact on the Group's results in the first half of 2014.
6 months Ended 30.06.2014 |
6 months Ended 30.06.2013 |
6 months Ended 31.12.2013 |
|
Indian rupee |
|
|
|
Average |
60.77 |
54.95 |
62.35 |
Period end |
60.16 |
59.35 |
61.77 |
Korean won |
|
|
|
Average |
1,049.48 |
1,103.21 |
1,080.16 |
Period end |
1,011.73 |
1,141.76 |
1,055.08 |
Indonesian rupiah |
|
|
|
Average |
11,689.54 |
9,771.52 |
11,286.33 |
Period end |
11,855.50 |
9,925.00 |
12,164.29 |
Taiwan dollar |
|
|
|
Average |
30.23 |
29.65 |
29.75 |
Period end |
29.89 |
30.01 |
29.84 |
As a result of our normal business operations, Standard Chartered is exposed to a broader range of risks than those principal uncertainties mentioned above and our approach to managing risk is detailed on the following pages.
Risk management
The management of risk lies at the heart of Standard Chartered's business. One of the main risks we incur arises from extending credit to customers through our trading and lending operations. Beyond credit risk, we are also exposed to a range of other risk types such as country cross-border, market, liquidity, operational, pension, reputational and other risks that are inherent to our strategy, product range and geographical coverage.
Risk management framework
Effective risk management is fundamental to being able to generate profits consistently and sustainably and is thus a central part of the financial and operational management of the Group.
Through our risk management framework we manage enterprise-wide risks, with the objective of maximising risk-adjusted returns while remaining within our risk appetite.
As part of this framework, we use a set of principles that describe the risk management culture we wish to sustain:
• Balancing risk and return: risk is taken in support of the requirements of our stakeholders, in line with our strategy and within our risk appetite
• Responsibility: it is the responsibility of all employees to ensure that risk-taking is disciplined and focused. We take account of our social responsibilities and our commitments to customers in taking risk to produce a return
• Accountability: risk is taken only within agreed authorities and where there is appropriate infrastructure and resource. All risk-taking must be transparent, controlled and reported
• Anticipation: we seek to anticipate future risks and ensure awareness of all known risks
• Competitive advantage: we seek to achieve competitive advantage through efficient and effective risk management and control
Risk governance
Ultimate responsibility for setting our risk appetite and for the effective management of risk rests with the Board.
Acting within an authority delegated by the Board, the Board Risk Committee (BRC), whose membership is comprised exclusively of non-executive directors of the Group, has responsibility for oversight and review of prudential risks including but not limited to credit, market, capital, liquidity and operational risks. It reviews the Group's overall risk appetite and makes recommendations thereon to the Board. Its responsibilities also include reviewing the appropriateness and effectiveness of the Group's risk management systems and controls, considering the implications of material regulatory change proposals, ensuring effective due diligence on material acquisitions and disposals, and monitoring the activities of the Group Risk Committee (GRC) and Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO).
The BRC receives regular reports on risk management, including our portfolio trends, policies and standards, stress testing, liquidity and capital adequacy, and is authorised to investigate or seek any information relating to an activity within its terms of reference. The BRC also conducts "deep dive" reviews on a rolling basis of different sections of the consolidated group risk information report.
The Brand and Values Committee (BVC) oversees the brand, culture, values and good reputation of the Group. It seeks to ensure that the management of reputational risk is consistent with the risk appetite approved by the Board and with the creation of long term shareholder value.
The role of the Audit Committee is to have oversight and review of financial, audit and internal control issues. Further details on the role of the Board and its committees in matters of risk governance are covered in the Corporate Governance section in the Group's Annual Report.
Overall accountability for risk management is held by the Standard Chartered Bank Court (the Court) which comprises the group executive directors and other senior executives of Standard Chartered Bank.
The Court is the highest executive body of the Group and its terms of reference are approved by the Board of Standard Chartered PLC. The Court delegates authority for the management of risk to the GRC and the GALCO.
The GRC is responsible for the management of all risks other than those delegated by the Court to the GALCO. The GRC is responsible for the establishment of, and compliance with, policies relating to credit risk, country cross-border risk, market risk, operational risk, pension risk and reputational risk. The GRC also defines our overall risk management framework.
The GALCO is responsible for the management of capital and the establishment of, and compliance with, policies relating to balance sheet management, including management of our liquidity, capital adequacy and structural foreign exchange and interest rate risk.
GRC and GALCO are essentially unchanged following the changes to the Group's organisation structure, although the committee structures below them have changed significantly in some areas. The previous divisional risk committee structures have been combined to achieve better integration and alignment to the new organisational model.
Members of the GRC and the GALCO are both drawn from the Court. The GRC is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO). The GALCO is chaired by the Group Finance Director. Risk limits and risk exposure approval authority frameworks are set by the GRC in respect of credit risk, country cross-border risk, market risk and operational risk. The GALCO sets the approval authority framework in respect of liquidity risk. Risk approval authorities may be exercised by risk committees or authorised individuals.
The committee governance structure ensures that risk-taking authority and risk management policies are cascaded down from the Board through to the appropriate functional, business and country-level committees. Information regarding material risk issues and compliance with policies and standards is communicated to the country, business, functional and Group-level committees.
Roles and responsibilities for risk management are defined under a Three Lines of Defence model. Each line of defence describes a specific set of responsibilities for risk management and control.
· First line of defence: All employees are required to ensure the effective management of risks within the scope of their direct organisational responsibilities. Business, function and geographic heads are accountable for risk management in their respective businesses and functions, and for countries where they have governance responsibilities
· Second line of defence: This comprises the risk control owners, supported by their respective control functions. Risk control owners are responsible for ensuring that the risks within the scope of their responsibilities remain within appetite. The scope of a risk control owner's responsibilities is defined by a given risk type and the risk management processes that relate to that risk type. These responsibilities cut across the Group and are not constrained by functional, business and geographic boundaries. The major risk types are described individually in the following sections
· Third line of defence: The independent assurance provided by the Group Internal Audit (GIA) function. Its role is defined and overseen by the Audit Committee
The findings from the GIA's audits are reported to all relevant management and governance bodies - accountable line managers, relevant oversight function or committee and committees of the Board.
The GIA provides independent assurance of the effectiveness of management's control of its own business activities (the first line) and of the processes maintained by the Risk Control Functions (the second line). As a result, the GIA provides assurance that the overall system of control effectiveness is working as required within the Risk Management Framework.
The Risk function
The GCRO directly manages a Risk function that is separate from the origination, trading and sales functions of the businesses. The GCRO also chairs the GRC and is a member of the Court.
The role of the Risk function is:
· To maintain the Risk Management Framework, ensuring it remains appropriate to the Group's activities, is effectively communicated and implemented across the Group and for administering related governance and reporting processes
· To uphold the overall integrity of the Group's risk/return decisions, and in particular for ensuring that risks are properly assessed, that risk/return decisions are made transparently on the basis of this proper assessment, and are controlled in accordance with the Group's standards and risk appetite
· To exercise direct Risk Control Ownership for Credit, Market, Country Cross-Border, Short-term Liquidity and Operational risk types
The independence of the Risk function is to ensure that the necessary balance in risk/return decisions is not compromised by short-term pressures to generate revenues. This is particularly important given that revenues are recognised from the point of sale while losses arising from risk positions typically manifest themselves over time.
In addition, the Risk function is a centre of excellence that provides specialist capabilities of relevance to risk management processes in the wider organisation.
Risk appetite
We manage our risks to build a sustainable franchise in the interests of all our stakeholders.
Risk appetite is an expression of the amount of risk we are willing to take in pursuit of our strategic objectives, reflecting our capacity to sustain losses and continue to meet our obligations arising from a range of different stress trading conditions.
We define our risk appetite in terms of both volatility of earnings and the maintenance of adequate regulatory capital under stress scenarios. We also define a risk appetite with respect to liquidity risk, operational risk and reputational risk.
Our quantitative risk profile is assessed through a bottom-up analytical approach covering all of our major businesses, countries and products. It is also assessed against a range of exposure concentration thresholds.
The Group's risk appetite statement is approved by the Board and forms the basis for establishing the risk parameters within which the businesses must operate, including policies, concentration limits and business mix.
The Group will not compromise adherence to its risk appetite in order to pursue revenue growth or higher returns.
The GRC and GALCO are responsible for ensuring that our risk profile is managed in compliance with the risk appetite set by the Board. The BRC advises the Board on the risk appetite statement and oversees that the Group remains within it.
Stress testing
Stress testing and scenario analysis are used to assess the financial and management capability of Standard Chartered to continue operating effectively under extreme but plausible trading conditions. Such conditions may arise from economic, regulatory, legal, political, environmental and social factors.
Our stress testing framework is designed to:
· Contribute to the setting and monitoring of risk appetite
· Identify key risks to our strategy, financial position, and reputation
· Establish the adequacy of capital and liquidity resources
· Support the development of mitigating actions and contingency plans including business continuity
· Meet regulatory requirements.
Our stress testing activity focuses on the potential impact of market, macroeconomic, geopolitical and physical events on relevant geographies, customer segments and asset classes. Stress tests are performed at Group, country and business level and bespoke scenarios are applied to our market risk positions.
Group level stress testing has covered a considerable range of macroeconomic scenarios. These included the effects of a major downturn in world trade, severe economic stress in emerging markets including a slump in emerging markets exports, sharp appreciation and depreciation in currencies, and the tapering of quantitative easing. Stress testing at business level covered a range of scenarios including the impact of foreign exchange depreciation or appreciation, sustained falls in base metals and energy prices and significant changes in interest rates.
At country level, a number of portfolio reviews were also undertaken, covering the effects of stress on a range of industry sectors, including the shipbuilding, banking, real estate, telecoms, mining and renewable energy sectors.
Market risk and liquidity stress tests are also carried out regularly as described in the sections on market risk on page 67 and liquidity risk on page 72.
In addition, the Financial Policy Committee of the Bank of England has introduced a new stress test of the banking system, focused on the eight largest UK banks, which includes the Group. Banks have been asked to project their performance under a three-year common stress scenario which has been designed by the European Banking Authority. The Group expects that the results of the BoE stress test will be used by the PRA to inform the setting of a bank's revised Capital Planning Buffer (CPB). See Capital management section on page 87.
Credit risk management
Credit risk is the potential for loss due to the failure of a counterparty to meet its obligations to pay the Group in accordance with agreed terms. Credit exposures arise from both the banking and trading books.
Credit risk is managed through a framework that sets out policies and procedures covering the measurement and management of credit risk. There is a clear segregation of duties between transaction originators in the businesses and approvers in the Risk function. All credit exposure limits are approved within a defined credit approval authority framework. The Group manages its credit exposures following the principle of diversification across products, geographies, industries, collateral types and client segments.
Credit risk committee
The Credit Risk Committee (CRC), which receives its ultimate authority from the GRC, is the primary senior management committee to ensure the effective management of credit risk throughout the Group in line with risk appetite and in support of Group strategy. The CRC regularly meets to monitor all material credit risk exposures, key internal developments and external trends and ensure that appropriate action is taken. It is chaired by the Group Chief Credit Officer.
Credit policies
Group-wide credit policies and standards are considered and approved by the GRC, which also oversees the delegation of credit approval and loan impairment provisioning authorities. These policies set key control standards on credit origination and credit risk assessment, concentration risk and large exposures, credit risk mitigation, credit monitoring, collection and recovery management. In addition, there are other group-wide policies integral to the credit risk management such as those relating to stress testing, risk measurement and impairment provisioning.
Policies and procedures specific to each client or product segment are established by authorised bodies. These are consistent with our Group-wide credit policies, but are more detailed and adapted to reflect the different risk characteristics across client and product segments. Policies are regularly reviewed and monitored to ensure these remain effective and consistent with the risk environment and risk appetite.
Credit rating and measurement
Risk measurement plays a central role, along with judgment and experience, in informing risk taking and portfolio management decisions.
Since 1 January 2008, Standard Chartered has used the advanced Internal Ratings Based (IRB) approach under the Basel II regulatory framework to calculate credit risk capital requirements.
A standard alphanumeric credit risk grade (CG) system for Corporate, Institutional and Commercial clients is used. The numeric grades run from 1 to 14 and some of the grades are further sub-classified. Lower credit grades are indicative of a lower likelihood of default. Credit grades 1 to 12 are assigned to performing customers or accounts, while credit grades 13 and 14 are assigned to non-performing or defaulted customers. An analysis by credit grade of those loans that are neither past due nor impaired is set out on page 46.
For Retail client IRB portfolios, we use application and behaviour credit scores which are calibrated to generate a probability of default and then mapped to the standard alphanumeric credit risk grade system.
Our credit grades are not intended to replicate external credit grades (where these are available), and ratings assigned by external ratings agencies or credit bureaus are not used in determining our internal credit grades. Nonetheless, as the factors used to grade a borrower may be similar, a borrower rated poorly by an external rating agency or credit bureau is typically assigned a worse internal credit grade.
Advanced IRB models cover a substantial majority of our exposures and are used in assessing risks at a customer and portfolio level, setting strategy and optimising our risk-return decisions.
IRB risk measurement models are approved by the Credit Risk Committee, on the recommendation of the Credit Model Assessment Committee (MAC). The Credit MAC supports the Credit Risk Committee in ensuring risk identification and measurement capabilities are objective and consistent, so that risk control and risk origination decisions are properly informed. Prior to review by the Credit MAC, all IRB models are validated in detail by a model validation team, which is separate from the teams that develop and maintain the models. Models undergo annual periodic review. Reviews are also triggered if the performance of a model deteriorates materially against predetermined thresholds during the ongoing model performance monitoring process.
Credit approval and credit risk assessment
Major credit exposures to individual counterparties, groups of connected counterparties and portfolios of retail exposures are reviewed and approved by the Credit Approval Committee (CAC). The CAC is appointed by the CRC and derives its credit approving authority from the GRC.
All other credit approval authorities are delegated by the GRC to individuals based both on their judgment and experience and a risk-adjusted scale that takes account of the estimated maximum potential loss from a given customer or portfolio. Credit origination and approval roles are segregated in all but a very few authorised cases. In those very few exceptions where they are not, originators can only approve limited exposures within defined risk parameters.
All credit proposals are subject to a robust credit risk assessment. It includes a comprehensive evaluation of the client's credit quality including willingness, ability, and capacity to repay. The primary lending consideration is usually based on the client's credit quality and the repayment capacity from operating cash flows for counterparties; and personal income or wealth for individual borrowers. The risk assessment gives due consideration to client's liquidity and leverage position. Where applicable, the assessment includes a detailed analysis of the credit risk mitigation arrangements to determine the level of reliance on such arrangements as the secondary source of repayment in the event of a significant deterioration in a client's credit quality leading to default. Lending activities that are considered as higher risk or non-standard are subjected to stricter minimum requirements and require escalation to senior credit officer or authorised bodies. An analysis of the loan portfolio is set out on pages 41 to 61.
Credit concentration risk
Credit concentration risk may arise from a single large exposure to a counterparty or a group of connected counterparties, or from multiple exposures across the portfolio that are closely correlated.
Large exposure concentration risk is managed through concentration limits set by counterparty or group of connected counterparties.
At the portfolio level, credit concentration thresholds are set and monitored to control for concentrations, where appropriate, by country, industry, product, tenor, collateral type, collateralisation level and credit risk profile.
For concentrations that are material at a Group level, thresholds are set and monitored by the CRC and reported to GRC and BRC.
Credit monitoring
We regularly monitor credit exposures, portfolio performance, and external trends that may impact risk management outcomes.
Internal risk management reports are presented to risk committees, containing information on key environmental, political and economic trends across major portfolios and countries; portfolio delinquency and loan impairment performance; and IRB portfolio metrics including credit grade migration.
Credit risk committees meet regularly to assess the impact of external events and trends on the Group's credit risk portfolios and to define and implement our response in terms of appropriate changes to portfolio shape, portfolio and underwriting standards, risk policy and procedures.
Clients or portfolios are placed on early alert when they display signs of actual or potential weakness. For example, where there is a decline in the client's position within the industry, financial deterioration, a breach of covenants, non-performance of an obligation within the stipulated period, or there are concerns relating to ownership or management.
Such accounts and portfolios are subjected to a dedicated process overseen by Credit Issues Committees in countries. Client account plans and credit grades are re-evaluated. In addition, remedial actions are agreed and monitored. Remedial actions include, but are not limited to, exposure reduction, security enhancement, exiting the account or immediate movement of the account into the control of Group Special Assets Management (GSAM), our specialist recovery unit. Typically, all Corporate, Institutional, Commercial and Private Banking past due accounts are managed by GSAM.
For retail and small business client exposures, portfolio delinquency trends are monitored continuously at a detailed level. Individual customer behaviour is also tracked and is considered for lending decisions. Accounts that are past due are subject to a collections process, managed independently by the Risk function. Charged-off accounts are managed by specialist recovery teams. In some countries, aspects of collections and recovery functions are outsourced.
Credit risk mitigation
Potential credit losses from any given account, customer or portfolio are mitigated using a range of tools such as collateral, netting agreements, credit insurance, credit derivatives and guarantees. The reliance that can be placed on these mitigants is carefully assessed in light of issues such as legal certainty and enforceability, market valuation correlation and counterparty risk of the guarantor.
Where appropriate, credit derivatives are used to reduce credit risks in the portfolio. Due to their potential impact on income volatility, such derivatives are used in a controlled manner with reference to their expected volatility.
Collateral is held to mitigate credit risk exposures and risk mitigation policies determine the eligibility of collateral types.
These policies set out the clear criteria that must be satisfied if the mitigation is to be considered effective:
• excessive exposure to any particular risk mitigants or counterparties should be avoided. Collateral concentration mitigation standards are maintained at both the portfolio and counterparty level;
• risk mitigants should not be correlated with the underlying assets such that default would coincide with a lowering of the forced sale value of the collateral;
• where there is a currency mismatch, haircuts should be applied to protect against currency fluctuations;
• legal opinions and documentation must be in place; and
• ongoing review and controls exist where there is a maturity mismatch between the collateral and exposure.
For all credit risk mitigants that meet the policy criteria, a clear set of procedures are applied to ensure that the value of the underlying collateral is appropriately recorded and updated regularly.
Collateral types that are eligible for risk mitigation include: cash; residential, commercial and industrial property; fixed assets such as motor vehicles, aircraft, plant and machinery; marketable securities; commodities; bank guarantees; and letters of credit. Standard Chartered also enters into collateralised reverse repurchase agreements.
In order to be recognised as security and for the loan to be classified as secured, all items pledged must be valued and an active secondary resale market must exist for the collateral. Documentation must be held to enable the Group to realise the asset without the cooperation of the asset owner in the event that this is necessary.
For certain types of lending - typically mortgages, asset financing - the right to take charge over physical assets is significant in terms of determining appropriate pricing and recoverability in the event of default. The requirement for collateral is however not a substitute for the ability to pay, which is the primary consideration for any lending decisions.
Regular valuation of collateral is required in accordance with the Group's risk mitigation policy, which prescribes both the process of valuation and the frequency of valuation for different collateral types. The valuation frequency is driven by the level of price volatility of each type of collateral and the nature of the underlying product or risk exposure. Stress tests are performed on changes in collateral values for key portfolios to assist senior management in managing the risks in those portfolios. Physical collateral is required to be insured at all times and against all risks, with the Group as the loss payee under the insurance policy.
Where appropriate, collateral values are adjusted to reflect current market conditions, the probability of recovery and the period of time to realise the collateral in the event of possession.
Where guarantees or credit derivatives are used as credit risk mitigation the creditworthiness of the guarantor is assessed and established using the credit approval process in addition to that of the obligor or main counterparty. The main types of guarantors include bank guarantees, insurance companies, parent companies, shareholders and export credit agencies.
Traded products
Credit risk from traded products is managed within the overall credit risk appetite for corporates and financial institutions.
The credit risk exposure from traded products is derived from the positive mark-to-market value of the underlying instruments, and an additional component to cater for potential market movements.
The Group uses bilateral and multilateral netting to reduce presettlement and settlement counterparty risk. Pre-settlement risk exposures are normally netted using bilateral netting documentation in legally approved jurisdictions. Settlement exposures are generally netted using Delivery versus Payments or Payment versus Payments systems.
Master netting agreements are generally enforced only in the event of default. In line with IAS 32, derivative exposures are presented on a net basis in the financial statement only if there is a legal right to offset and there is intent to settle on a net basis or realise the assets and liabilities simultaneously.
In addition, we enter into Credit Support Annexes (CSAs) with counterparties where collateral is deemed a necessary or desirable mitigant to the exposure. Further details on CSAs are set out on page 40.
Securities
The portfolio limits and parameters for the underwriting and purchase of all pre-defined securities assets to be held for sale are approved by the Underwriting Committee. The Underwriting Committee is established under the authority of the CRC. The business operates within set limits, which include country, single issuer, holding period and credit grade limits.
Day to day credit risk management activities for traded securities are carried out by a specialist team within the Risk function whose activities include oversight and approval within the levels delegated by the Underwriting Committee. Issuer credit risk, including settlement and pre-settlement risk, and price risk are controlled by the Risk function.
The Underwriting Committee approves individual proposals to underwrite new security issues for our clients. Where an underwritten security is held for a period longer than the target sell-down period, the final decision on whether to sell the position rests with the Risk function.
Loan impairment
The Group's loan loss provisions are established to recognise incurred impairment losses either on specific loan assets or within a portfolio of loans and advances. Individually impaired loans are those loans against which individual impairment provisions have been raised.
Estimating the amount and timing of future recoveries involves significant judgement, and considers the level of arrears as well as the assessment of matters such as future economic conditions and the value of collateral, for which there may not be a readily accessible market.
Loan losses that have been incurred but have not been separately identified at the balance sheet date are determined by taking into account past loss experience as a result of uncertainties arising from the economic environment, and defaults based on portfolio trends. Actual losses identified could differ significantly from the impairment provisions reported, for example, as a result of uncertainties arising from the economic environment.
The total amount of the Group's impairment allowances is inherently uncertain being sensitive to changes in economic and credit conditions across the geographies in which the Group operates. Economic and credit conditions are interdependent within each geography and as a result there is no single factor to which the Group's loan impairment allowances as a whole are sensitive. It is possible that actual events over the next year differ from the assumptions built into the model resulting in material adjustments to the carrying amount of loans and advances.
Retail Clients
Retail Clients product portfolios consist of a large number of comparatively small exposures, where it is impractical to assess each loan on an individual basis for impairment. The primary indicator of potential impairment in these portfolios is therefore delinquency. A loan is considered delinquent (or 'past due'), when the customer has failed to make a principal or interest payment in accordance with the loan contract. For delinquency reporting purposes we follow industry standards measuring delinquency as of one, 30, 60, 90, 120 and 150 days past due. Impairment is measured against these buckets in two stages:
In the first stage we raise 'portfolio impairment provisions' (PIP). These are calculated by applying expected loss rates to delinquency buckets. These are based on past experience of loss supplemented by an assessment of specific factors that affect each portfolio and that in particular aim to adjust historic data for current market conditions. Loss rates are generally calculated separately for each product in each country (either through the use of historical data or using proxies) and separate loss rates are used for renegotiated and forborne loans to reflect their increased risk. PIPs take into account the fact that, while delinquency is an indication of impairment, not all delinquent loans (particularly those in the early stages of delinquency) will in fact be impaired. This will only become apparent with the passage of time and as we investigate the causes of delinquency on a case by case basis. (Accounts that are overdue by more than 30 days are more closely monitored and subject to specific collections processes for this purpose). At the outset of delinquency therefore it is not possible to determine whether a loan is impaired; it is only possible to estimate the likelihood that it is. This is taken account of in the PIP method, which estimates loss by extrapolating past experience over whole portfolios, rather than analysing individual loans on a case by case basis.
In the second stage we are able to replace PIP with individual impairment provisions (IIP) as we develop more knowledge about each individual account. We apply IIP after the following number of days' delinquency:
o For mortgages after 150 days
o For secured wealth management products after 90 days
o For unsecured consumer finance loans after 90 days
o For all other unsecured loans and loans secured on automobiles, after 150 days
IIP is based on the estimated present values of future cashflows, in particular those resulting from the realisation of security. The days past due used to trigger IIP are driven by past experience, which shows that once an account reaches the relevant number of days past due, the probability of recovery (other than by raising security as appropriate) is low. For all products there are certain situations where the IIP process is accelerated, such as in cases involving bankruptcy, customer fraud and death. IIP is also accelerated for all restructured accounts to 90 days past due (unsecured and automobile finance) and 120 days past due (secured loans) respectively.
Loan write off is again broadly driven by past experience of the point at which further recovery is unlikely. Write off occurs at the same time that IIP is established for all products except mortgage loans, which have not been restructured. The latter is fully impaired after 720 days past due.
The fact that it is not possible to be certain that a loan is impaired until several months after it becomes delinquent means that it is also not possible to be certain which delinquent loans are fully non-performing. The Group has determined that it is more likely than not that a loan is non-performing after 90 days and therefore uses 90 days delinquency as the distinguishing feature between performing and non-performing Retail Client loans. This is however, only an approximate measure and it also means that, for Retail Client portfolios, impaired loans do not equate to non-performing loans, because impairment cannot be generally determined on an individual basis until a later date.
It is inevitable that at the balance sheet date, the non-delinquent portfolio will include a few impaired loans that have not manifested themselves as delinquent. These are known as 'incurred, but not reported' losses. A PIP is raised against these by applying past experience adjusted for current conditions to non-delinquent loans on a portfolio basis.
For further details on Retail see page 41 to 61.
Corporate and Institutional, Commercial and Private Banking Clients
Loans are classified as impaired where analysis and review indicates that full payment of either interest or principal is questionable, or as soon as payment of interest or principal is 90 days overdue. Impaired accounts are managed by our specialist recovery unit, GSAM, which is separate from our main businesses. Where any amount is considered irrecoverable, an individual impairment provision is raised. This provision is the difference between the loan carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows.
The individual circumstances of each client are taken into account when GSAM estimates future cash flow. All available sources, such as cash flow arising from operations, selling assets or subsidiaries, realising collateral or payments under guarantees, are considered. In any decision relating to the raising of provisions, we attempt to balance economic conditions, local knowledge and experience, and the results of independent asset reviews.
Where it is considered that there is no realistic prospect of recovering a portion of an exposure against which an impairment provision has been raised, that amount will be written off.
As with Retail Clients, a PIP is held to cover the inherent risk of losses which, although not identified, are known through experience to be present in any loan portfolio. This is set with reference to historic loss rates and subjective factors such as the economic environment and the trends in key portfolio indicators. The PIP methodology provides for accounts for which an individual impairment provision has not been raised.
For further details on Corporate and Institutional, Commercial and Private Banking Clients see page 41 to page 61.
Renegotiated and forborne loans
In certain circumstances, the Group may renegotiate client loans.
Loans that are renegotiated for commercial reasons, such as when a client had a credit rating upgrade, are not included as part of renegotiated and forborne loans because they are not indicative of any credit stress.
Loans that are renegotiated primarily to grant extended tenor to a client who is facing some difficulties but who we do not believe is impaired are reported as 'other renegotiated loans'.
Loans that are renegotiated on terms that are not consistent with those readily available in the market and/or where we have granted a concession compared to the original terms of the loans, are considered to be subject to forbearance strategies and are disclosed as "Loans subject to forbearance", which is a subset of impaired loans.
Forbearance strategies assist clients who are temporarily in financial distress and are unable to meet their original contractual repayment terms. Forbearance can be initiated by the client, the bank or a third party (including Government sponsored programmes or a conglomerate of credit institutions) and includes debt restructuring, such as a new repayment schedule, payment deferrals, tenor extensions and interest only payments.
Once a loan is subject to forbearance or is renegotiated, the loan continues to be reported as such, until the loan matures or is otherwise derecognised.
Retail Clients
For Retail Clients, all loans subject to forbearance (in addition to other renegotiated loans) are managed within a separate portfolio. If such loans subsequently become past due, charge off and IIP is accelerated to 90 days past due (unsecured loans and automobile finance) or 120 days past due (secured loans). The accelerated loss rates applied to this portfolio are derived from experience with other renegotiated loans, rather than the Retail Clients portfolio as a whole, to recognise the greater degree of inherent risk.
Corporate and Institutional, Commercial and Private Banking Clients
Forbearance and other renegotiations are applied on a case-by-case basis and are not subject to business wide programmes. In some cases, a new loan is granted as part of the restructure and in others, the contractual terms and repayment of the existing loans are changed or extended (for example, interest only for a period).
Loans classified as subject to forbearance are managed by GSAM and are kept under close review to assess the client's ability to adhere to the restructured repayment strategy and to identify any events that could result in a deterioration in the client's ability to repay.
If the terms of the renegotiation are such that, where the present value of the new cash flows is lower than the present value of the original cash flows, the loan would be considered to be impaired and at a minimum a discount provision would be raised and shown under Loans subject to Forbearance. These accounts are monitored as described on page 35.
Renegotiated and forborne loans are disclosed by client segments on page 47.
Restatement of prior periods
In January 2014, the Group announced a change to its organisation structure effective 1 April 2014. To aid historic comparisons the Group's half year results restate segmental information for 30 June and 31 December 2013 under the new client segments and global product groups, and the new geographic regions.
Credit portfolio
Maximum exposure to credit risk
The table below presents the Group's maximum exposure to credit risk for its on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments at 30 June 2014, before and after taking into account any collateral held or other credit risk mitigation. For on-balance sheet instruments, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount reported on the balance sheet. For off-balance sheet instruments, the maximum exposure to credit risk generally represents the contractual notional amounts.
The Group's exposure to credit risk is spread across our markets and is affected by the general economic conditions in the territories in which it operates. The Group sets limits on the exposure to any client or counterparty.
The Group's maximum exposure to credit risk has increased by $0.7 billion when compared to 31 December 2013. Loans and advances to banks and customers has increased by $14.3 billion since December 2013 due to growth in secured lending to banks and broad based growth across several industry sectors in the Corporate and Institutional Client segment. Further details of the loan portfolio are set out on page 41. Investment securities rose by $3.5 billion with the increase primarily in corporate bonds.
The Group's credit risk exposure before risk mitigation arising from derivatives decreased by $13.7 billion reflecting lower market volatility when compared to December 2013, despite higher volumes in several markets.
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
Credit risk management |
|
|
Credit risk management |
|
|||||
Maximum exposure |
Collateral |
Master netting agreements |
Net Exposure |
Maximum exposure |
Collateral |
Master netting agreements |
Net Exposure |
|||
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|||
On balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total Loans and advances to banks and customers1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
As per balance sheet |
386,533 |
|
|
|
358,658 |
|
|
|
||
Included within fair value through profit and loss |
9,948 |
|
|
|
8,015 |
|
|
|
||
|
396,481 |
157,118 |
- |
239,363 |
366,673 |
141,628 |
- |
225,045 |
||
Investment securities2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
As per balance sheet |
100,907 |
- |
- |
100,907 |
94,812 |
- |
- |
94,812 |
||
Included within fair value through profit and loss |
26,549 |
- |
- |
26,549 |
20,120 |
- |
- |
20,120 |
||
Less: Equity securities |
(6,495) |
- |
- |
(6,495) |
(5,559) |
- |
- |
(5,559) |
||
|
120,961 |
- |
- |
120,961 |
109,373 |
- |
- |
109,373 |
||
Derivative financial instruments3 |
48,105 |
3,961 |
34,437 |
9,707 |
54,548 |
3,241 |
37,379 |
13,928 |
||
Total balance sheet |
565,547 |
161,079 |
34,437 |
370,031 |
530,594 |
144,869 |
37,379 |
348,346 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Off balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Contingent liabilities |
45,382 |
- |
- |
45,382 |
47,594 |
- |
- |
47,594 |
||
Undrawn irrevocable standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend4 |
59,083 |
- |
- |
59,083 |
59,835 |
- |
- |
59,835 |
||
Documentary credits and short term trade-related transactions |
8,160 |
- |
- |
8,160 |
8,171 |
- |
- |
8,171 |
||
Forward asset purchases and forward deposits |
26 |
- |
- |
26 |
852 |
- |
- |
852 |
||
Total off- balance sheet |
112,651 |
- |
- |
112,651 |
116,452 |
- |
- |
116,452 |
||
Total |
678,198 |
161,079 |
34,437 |
482,682 |
647,046 |
144,869 |
37,379 |
464,798 |
||
1 |
An analysis of credit quality is set out on page 47. Further details of collateral held by client segment and held for past due and individually impaired loans are set out on page 57 |
|
||||||||
2 |
Equity shares are excluded as they are not subject to credit risk |
|
||||||||
3 |
The Group enters into master netting agreements which in the event of default, results in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions |
|
||||||||
4 |
Excludes unconditionally cancellable facilities |
|
||||||||
Credit Portfolio continued |
||||||||||
|
|
31.12.13 |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Credit risk management |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
Maximum exposure |
Collateral |
Master netting agreements |
Net Exposure |
|||
|
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|||
On balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total Loans and advances to banks and customers1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
As per balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
374,410 |
|
|
|
||
Included within fair value through profit and loss |
|
|
|
|
7,774 |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
382,184 |
152,926 |
- |
229,258 |
||
Investment securities2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
As per balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
102,716 |
- |
- |
102,716 |
||
Included within fair value through profit and loss |
|
|
|
|
21,561 |
- |
- |
21,561 |
||
Less: Equity securities |
|
|
|
|
(6,800) |
- |
- |
(6,800) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
117,477 |
- |
- |
117,477 |
||
Derivative financial instruments3 |
|
|
|
|
61,802 |
5,147 |
46,242 |
10,413 |
||
Total balance Sheet |
|
|
|
|
561,463 |
158,073 |
46,242 |
357,148 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Off balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Contingent liabilities |
|
|
|
|
46,938 |
- |
- |
46,938 |
||
Undrawn irrevocable standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend4 |
|
|
|
|
61,277 |
- |
- |
61,277 |
||
Documentary credits and short term trade-related transactions |
|
|
|
|
7,409 |
- |
- |
7,409 |
||
Forward asset purchases and forward deposits |
|
|
|
|
459 |
- |
- |
459 |
||
Total off- balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
116,083 |
- |
- |
116,083 |
||
Total |
|
|
|
|
677,546 |
158,073 |
46,242 |
473,231 |
||
1 |
An analysis of credit quality is set out on page 49. Further details of collateral held by client segments and held for past due and individually impaired loans are set on page 57 |
|
||||||||
2 |
Equity shares are excluded as they are not subject to credit risk |
|
||||||||
3 |
The Group enters into master netting agreements which in the event of default, results in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions |
|
||||||||
4 |
Excludes unconditionally cancellable facilities |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Credit risk mitigation
In all segments, credit risk is mitigated to some degree through collateral, further details of which are set out on pages 57 to 61. Other forms of credit mitigation are set out below.
Loans and advances
The Group has transferred to third parties by way of securitisation the rights to any collection of principal and interest on client loan assets with a face value of $696 million (30 June 2013: $1,034 million; 31 December 2013: $779 million). The Group continues to recognise these assets in addition to the proceeds and related liability of $378 million (30 June 2013: $833 million; 31 December 2013: $502 million) arising from the securitisations. The Group considers the above client loan assets to be encumbered. Further details of encumbered assets are provided on page 74.
The Group has entered into credit default swaps for portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a notional value of $21.8 billion (30 June 2013: $21.8 billion; 31 December 2013: $21.4 billion). These credit default swaps are accounted for as guarantees as they meet the accounting requirements set out in IAS39. The Group continues to hold the underlying assets referenced in the credit default swaps as it continues to be exposed to related credit and foreign exchange risk on these assets.
Derivatives financial instruments
Cash collateral includes collateral called under a variation margin process from counterparties if total uncollateralised mark-to-market exposure exceeds the threshold and minimum transfer amount specified in the CSA. With certain counterparties, the CSA is reciprocal and requires us to post collateral if the overall mark-to-market values of positions is in the counterparty's favour and exceeds an agreed threshold. The Group holds $2,123 million (30 June 2013: $3,241million; 31 December 2013: $3,068 million) under CSAs.
Off-balance sheet exposures
For certain types of exposures such as letters of credit and guarantees, the Group obtains collateral such as cash depending on internal credit risk assessments as well as in the case of letters of credit holding legal title to the underlying assets should a default take place.
Loan portfolio
Client segment by geographic region
The following pages provide detail of loans and advances to customers and loans to banks:
· by client segment, by geographic region (page 42)
· by industry/product, by geographic region (pages 43 to 44)
· by residual contractual maturity (page 45)
An analysis detailing the key points supplementing the above detail is set out below and is based on the booking location of the loan facility.
Loans and advances to customers (net of individual impairment and portfolio impairment provisions) grew by $9.0 billion since December 2013.
This was primarily within the Corporate & Institutional (C&I) segment which contributed $7.5 billion, across Greater China, ASEAN and Americas. The Commercial Client segment loan book was flat to December 2013 as we focused on driving RWA efficiencies and optimising capital usage across this portfolio following the reorganisation.
The Private Banking Client segment grew by $1.0 billion from December 2013 primarily through its operations in Singapore and Hong Kong.
The Retail Clients segment was marginally up compared to December 2013 and was reflective of our decision to de-risk the "Card, Personal Loans (CCPL) and other unsecured lending" book primarily in North East Asia. This was largely offset by growth in secured lending especially in Hong Kong.
The geographic split also provides an industry and product split. The growth in this period was largely in financing, insurance and business services. This was driven by increased trade finance volumes, in particular with financial institutions counterparties. In addition the Greater China region also saw a higher level of leveraged finance and IPO financing transactions. Other industry concentrations are broadly consistent period on period.
For the Private Banking and Retail client segments, client loans are analysed by product. The reduction in unsecured lending, which includes CCPL, was largely offset by growth in Mortgages, especially in Hong Kong although regulatory cooling measures in several markets tempered the related growth opportunities.
The Corporate and Institutional and Commercial Client segments remain predominantly short term. The C&I customer loan book has 65 per cent (30 June 2013: 65 per cent and 31 December 2013: 64 per cent) of loans maturing in less than one year. Likewise, the Commercial Clients book has 76 per cent (30 June 2013: 70 per cent and 31 December 2013: 71 per cent) of its loans maturing in less than one year.
The Private Banking Clients loan book also demonstrates a short term bias typical of secured wealth management lending secured on wealth management assets.
The Retail Clients loan book continues to be longer term in nature as Mortgages constitute a large majority at 82 per cent (30 June 2013: 82 per cent; 31 December 2013: 82 per cent) of the loan book.
The growth in loans to banks of $5.3 billion since December 2013 is primarily across Greater China, ASEAN and Europe driven in part by liquidity management activity by virtue of our RMB leadership position. Given the nature of this book, it is predominantly short term and the maturity profile remains consistent period on period.
Overall, the loan portfolio continues to be well diversified geographically and by industry with a consistent maturity profile.
Client segment by geographic region continued
|
30.06.14 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Corporate and Institutional |
41,423 |
6,954 |
7,688 |
44,114 |
12,616 |
5,939 |
11,320 |
38,616 |
168,670 |
Commercial |
6,341 |
3,150 |
2,479 |
2,916 |
1,512 |
665 |
- |
610 |
17,673 |
Private banking |
3,340 |
- |
154 |
9,753 |
253 |
- |
- |
4,636 |
18,136 |
Retail |
41,895 |
19,632 |
4,177 |
28,641 |
4,819 |
1,904 |
- |
246 |
101,314 |
|
92,999 |
29,736 |
14,498 |
85,424 |
19,200 |
8,508 |
11,320 |
44,108 |
305,793 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
(142) |
(105) |
(65) |
(173) |
(69) |
(65) |
(6) |
(107) |
(732) |
Total loans and advances to customers1,2 |
92,857 |
29,631 |
14,433 |
85,251 |
19,131 |
8,443 |
11,314 |
44,001 |
305,061 |
Intra-segmental balance |
2,991 |
(5) |
9,891 |
1,310 |
4,810 |
5,323 |
(37) |
(24,283) |
- |
Total loans and advances to customers1,3 |
95,848 |
29,626 |
24,324 |
86,561 |
23,941 |
13,766 |
11,277 |
19,718 |
305,061 |
Total loans and advances to banks1 |
28,555 |
7,806 |
478 |
7,869 |
1,712 |
901 |
13,187 |
30,912 |
91,420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Corporate and Institutional |
36,459 |
7,579 |
7,463 |
42,410 |
12,308 |
5,875 |
9,900 |
36,776 |
158,770 |
Commercial |
5,799 |
3,212 |
2,317 |
3,274 |
1,236 |
658 |
- |
884 |
17,380 |
Private banking |
2,645 |
56 |
89 |
7,300 |
212 |
- |
- |
4,380 |
14,682 |
Retail |
40,458 |
21,862 |
4,393 |
28,793 |
4,388 |
1,551 |
- |
253 |
101,698 |
|
85,361 |
32,709 |
14,262 |
81,777 |
18,144 |
8,084 |
9,900 |
42,293 |
292,530 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
(151) |
(124) |
(58) |
(147) |
(118) |
(68) |
(4) |
(67) |
(737) |
Total loans and advances to customers1,2 |
85,210 |
32,585 |
14,204 |
81,630 |
18,026 |
8,016 |
9,896 |
42,226 |
291,793 |
Intra-segmental balance |
1,201 |
2 |
11,905 |
629 |
5,296 |
4,584 |
(610) |
(23,007) |
- |
Total loans and advances to customers1,3 |
86,411 |
32,587 |
26,109 |
82,259 |
23,322 |
12,600 |
9,286 |
19,219 |
291,793 |
Total loans and advances to banks1 |
26,027 |
5,257 |
759 |
7,735 |
2,437 |
813 |
11,048 |
20,804 |
74,880 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.12.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Corporate and Institutional |
37,423 |
7,298 |
7,395 |
41,638 |
12,187 |
5,792 |
10,682 |
38,778 |
161,193 |
Commercial |
6,406 |
3,109 |
2,340 |
3,249 |
1,274 |
672 |
- |
791 |
17,841 |
Private banking |
3,003 |
33 |
131 |
9,020 |
250 |
- |
- |
4,723 |
17,160 |
Retail |
40,936 |
20,283 |
4,295 |
28,337 |
4,708 |
1,696 |
- |
262 |
100,517 |
|
87,768 |
30,723 |
14,161 |
82,244 |
18,419 |
8,160 |
10,682 |
44,554 |
296,711 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
(146) |
(107) |
(64) |
(154) |
(74) |
(67) |
(5) |
(79) |
(696) |
Total loans and advances to customers1,2 |
87,622 |
30,616 |
14,097 |
82,090 |
18,345 |
8,093 |
10,677 |
44,475 |
296,015 |
Intra-segmental balance |
2,224 |
2 |
11,511 |
762 |
5,190 |
5,029 |
(248) |
(24,470) |
- |
Total loans and advances to customers1,3 |
89,846 |
30,618 |
25,608 |
82,852 |
23,535 |
13,122 |
10,429 |
20,005 |
296,015 |
Total loans and advances to banks1 |
27,905 |
6,561 |
575 |
6,776 |
2,097 |
742 |
13,067 |
28,446 |
86,169 |
1 Amounts net of individual impairment provision and include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss (see note 12 on page 119)
2 The disclosures in the risk review section are presented on the basis of booking location of the loan except for a small number of impaired loans which have been reallocated into the region in which they are managed to align with income statement presentation
3 The balances are based on the location of the customer |
Loan Portfolio continued |
|||||||||
Industry and Retail products analysis by geographic region |
|||||||||
|
30.06.14 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture, forestry and fishing |
137 |
7 |
131 |
1,303 |
158 |
467 |
365 |
251 |
2,819 |
Construction |
523 |
477 |
668 |
611 |
1,332 |
141 |
26 |
354 |
4,132 |
Commerce |
10,950 |
1,315 |
1,891 |
16,912 |
5,256 |
998 |
2,376 |
7,160 |
46,858 |
Electricity, gas and water |
1,001 |
429 |
40 |
883 |
420 |
437 |
100 |
2,258 |
5,568 |
Financing, insurance and business services |
9,925 |
667 |
609 |
5,741 |
1,735 |
717 |
3,091 |
8,062 |
30,547 |
Governments |
251 |
- |
3 |
1,347 |
140 |
99 |
- |
430 |
2,270 |
Mining and quarrying |
869 |
38 |
58 |
3,611 |
576 |
695 |
2,600 |
6,638 |
15,085 |
Manufacturing |
14,550 |
4,068 |
4,571 |
8,069 |
2,544 |
2,231 |
2,359 |
9,089 |
47,481 |
Commercial real estate |
6,451 |
1,975 |
1,650 |
4,114 |
1,265 |
48 |
- |
781 |
16,284 |
Transport, storage and communication |
2,901 |
740 |
440 |
3,631 |
694 |
743 |
403 |
3,969 |
13,521 |
Other |
206 |
388 |
106 |
808 |
8 |
28 |
- |
234 |
1,778 |
Retail Products: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
34,132 |
12,240 |
2,472 |
22,234 |
1,869 |
351 |
- |
1,351 |
74,649 |
CCPL and other unsecured lending |
7,491 |
5,291 |
1,011 |
5,235 |
1,883 |
1,343 |
- |
246 |
22,500 |
Auto |
- |
1 |
44 |
790 |
324 |
5 |
- |
- |
1,164 |
Other |
3,612 |
2,100 |
804 |
10,135 |
996 |
205 |
- |
3,285 |
21,137 |
|
92,999 |
29,736 |
14,498 |
85,424 |
19,200 |
8,508 |
11,320 |
44,108 |
305,793 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
(142) |
(105) |
(65) |
(173) |
(69) |
(65) |
(6) |
(107) |
(732) |
Total loans and advances to customers1 |
92,857 |
29,631 |
14,433 |
85,251 |
19,131 |
8,443 |
11,314 |
44,001 |
305,061 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans and advances to banks |
28,555 |
7,806 |
478 |
7,869 |
1,712 |
901 |
13,187 |
30,912 |
91,420 |
|
30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture, forestry and fishing |
53 |
8 |
121 |
1,290 |
225 |
730 |
2,057 |
552 |
5,036 |
Construction |
535 |
357 |
695 |
728 |
1,436 |
182 |
- |
701 |
4,634 |
Commerce |
10,547 |
1,248 |
1,660 |
16,933 |
4,833 |
915 |
826 |
4,969 |
41,931 |
Electricity, gas and water |
699 |
393 |
67 |
938 |
341 |
239 |
438 |
2,085 |
5,200 |
Financing, insurance and business services |
5,229 |
514 |
570 |
4,168 |
1,855 |
236 |
2,838 |
7,345 |
22,755 |
Governments |
- |
463 |
3 |
1,673 |
311 |
- |
- |
622 |
3,072 |
Mining and quarrying |
993 |
24 |
202 |
3,659 |
657 |
791 |
2,107 |
8,086 |
16,519 |
Manufacturing |
14,659 |
5,141 |
4,365 |
6,751 |
2,135 |
2,410 |
1,105 |
7,198 |
43,764 |
Commercial real estate |
6,272 |
1,835 |
1,324 |
3,381 |
884 |
2 |
- |
1,175 |
14,873 |
Transport, storage and communication |
2,828 |
389 |
641 |
5,375 |
788 |
788 |
508 |
4,824 |
16,141 |
Other |
443 |
419 |
132 |
785 |
80 |
240 |
21 |
104 |
2,224 |
Retail Products: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
32,485 |
13,867 |
2,337 |
21,753 |
1,621 |
277 |
- |
1,459 |
73,799 |
CCPL and other unsecured lending |
7,812 |
6,249 |
1,221 |
5,800 |
2,021 |
1,247 |
- |
322 |
24,672 |
Auto |
- |
6 |
50 |
1,040 |
335 |
2 |
- |
- |
1,433 |
Other |
2,806 |
1,796 |
874 |
7,503 |
622 |
25 |
- |
2,851 |
16,477 |
|
85,361 |
32,709 |
14,262 |
81,777 |
18,144 |
8,084 |
9,900 |
42,293 |
292,530 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
(151) |
(124) |
(58) |
(147) |
(118) |
(68) |
(4) |
(67) |
(737) |
Total loans and advances to customers1 |
85,210 |
32,585 |
14,204 |
81,630 |
18,026 |
8,016 |
9,896 |
42,226 |
291,793 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans and advances to banks |
26,027 |
5,257 |
759 |
7,735 |
2,437 |
813 |
11,048 |
20,804 |
74,880 |
1 The disclosures in the risk review section are presented on the basis of booking location of the loan except for a small number of impaired loans which have been reallocated into the region in which they are managed to align with income statement presentation |
Loan Portfolio continued |
|||||||||
Industry and Retail products analysis by geographic region |
|||||||||
|
31.12.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture, forestry and fishing |
88 |
7 |
110 |
1,090 |
176 |
570 |
329 |
454 |
2,824 |
Construction |
515 |
436 |
685 |
548 |
1,565 |
150 |
16 |
418 |
4,333 |
Commerce |
10,255 |
1,172 |
1,608 |
18,705 |
4,991 |
1,055 |
2,484 |
7,198 |
47,468 |
Electricity, gas and water |
852 |
428 |
55 |
887 |
444 |
310 |
77 |
2,404 |
5,457 |
Financing, insurance and business services |
6,241 |
761 |
524 |
3,292 |
1,714 |
331 |
2,001 |
7,917 |
22,781 |
Governments |
141 |
22 |
24 |
974 |
313 |
- |
105 |
144 |
1,723 |
Mining and quarrying |
1,264 |
22 |
59 |
3,583 |
563 |
870 |
2,742 |
7,077 |
16,180 |
Manufacturing |
14,701 |
4,582 |
4,237 |
7,125 |
1,998 |
2,112 |
2,139 |
8,179 |
45,073 |
Commercial real estate |
6,605 |
2,087 |
1,435 |
3,730 |
1,007 |
11 |
- |
1,327 |
16,202 |
Transport, storage and communication |
2,798 |
472 |
879 |
3,926 |
678 |
736 |
789 |
4,163 |
14,441 |
Other |
369 |
418 |
119 |
1,023 |
13 |
319 |
- |
291 |
2,552 |
Retail Products: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
32,940 |
12,821 |
2,298 |
21,636 |
1,753 |
293 |
- |
1,355 |
73,096 |
CCPL and other unsecured lending |
7,672 |
5,586 |
1,161 |
5,617 |
2,102 |
1,399 |
- |
271 |
23,808 |
Auto |
- |
1 |
44 |
914 |
321 |
4 |
- |
- |
1,284 |
Other |
3,327 |
1,908 |
923 |
9,194 |
781 |
- |
- |
3,356 |
19,489 |
|
87,768 |
30,723 |
14,161 |
82,244 |
18,419 |
8,160 |
10,682 |
44,554 |
296,711 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
(146) |
(107) |
(64) |
(154) |
(74) |
(67) |
(5) |
(79) |
(696) |
Total loans and advances to customers1 |
87,622 |
30,616 |
14,097 |
82,090 |
18,345 |
8,093 |
10,677 |
44,475 |
296,015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans and advances to banks |
27,905 |
6,561 |
575 |
6,776 |
2,097 |
742 |
13,067 |
28,446 |
86,169 |
1 The disclosures in the risk review section are presented on the basis of booking location of the loan except for a small number of impaired loans which have been reallocated into the region in which they are managed to align with income statement presentation |
Loan portfolio continued
Maturity analysis by client segment
Over 60 per cent of our loans and advances to customers are short-term having a contractual maturity of one year or less.
The following table presents the maturity profile by client segment:
|
|||||
|
|
30.06.14 |
|||
|
|
One year or less |
One to five years |
Over five years |
Total |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Corporate and Institutional |
|
195,051 |
53,453 |
11,588 |
260,092 |
- Loans to banks |
|
85,970 |
5,377 |
75 |
91,422 |
- Loans to customers |
|
109,081 |
48,076 |
11,513 |
168,670 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial |
|
13,461 |
2,191 |
2,021 |
17,673 |
Private Banking |
|
15,455 |
1,334 |
1,347 |
18,136 |
Retail |
|
18,892 |
19,688 |
62,734 |
101,314 |
|
|
242,859 |
76,666 |
77,690 |
397,215 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
|
|
|
|
(734) |
Total loans and advances to banks and customers |
|
|
|
|
396,481 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30.06.13 |
|||
|
|
One year or less |
One to five years |
Over five years |
Total |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Corporate and Institutional |
|
175,359 |
46,277 |
12,016 |
233,652 |
- Loans to banks |
|
71,827 |
2,900 |
155 |
74,882 |
- Loans to customers |
|
103,532 |
43,377 |
11,861 |
158,770 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial |
|
12,220 |
2,574 |
2,586 |
17,380 |
Private Banking |
|
12,877 |
376 |
1,429 |
14,682 |
Retail |
|
18,386 |
20,877 |
62,435 |
101,698 |
|
|
218,842 |
70,104 |
78,466 |
367,412 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
|
|
|
|
(739) |
Total loans and advances to banks and customers |
|
|
|
|
366,673 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
31.12.13 |
|||
|
|
One year or less |
One to five years |
Over five years |
Total |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Corporate and Institutional |
|
185,436 |
50,514 |
11,414 |
247,364 |
- Loans to banks |
|
82,642 |
3,445 |
84 |
86,171 |
- Loans to customers |
|
102,794 |
47,069 |
11,330 |
161,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial |
|
12,627 |
2,653 |
2,561 |
17,841 |
Private Banking |
|
14,664 |
1,145 |
1,351 |
17,160 |
Retail |
|
19,106 |
19,979 |
61,432 |
100,517 |
|
|
231,833 |
74,291 |
76,758 |
382,882 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
|
|
|
|
(698) |
Total loans and advances to banks and customers |
|
|
|
|
382,184 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit quality analysis
Pages 47 to 56 provide further details around the metrics and characteristics that the Group uses to monitor the quality of its loan portfolio. This includes disclosures relating to non-performing loans and those loans that have been renegotiated or are forborne.
A non-performing loan is any loan that is more than 90 days past due or is otherwise individually impaired. This excludes loans renegotiated at or after 90 days past due, but on which there has been no default in interest or principal payments for more than 180 days since renegotiation, and against which no loss of principal is expected. These loans may have a provision reflecting the time value of money and if so, are reported as part of forborne loans.
The definition and policies in respect of renegotiated and forborne loans is set out on page 37.
Credit quality
An overall breakdown of the loan portfolio by client segment is set out on pages 49 to 49, differentiating between the performing and non performing book.
Within the performing book, there is an analysis:
o By credit grade, which plays a central role in the quality assessment and monitoring of risk as explained in page 34 and 35
o Of loans and advances past due but not impaired: a loan is considered past due if payment of principal or interest has not been made on its contractual due date
o Of loans and advances where an impairment provision has been raised- these represent certain forborne accounts which have complied with their revised contractual terms for more than 180 days
Non-performing loans are analysed, net of individual impairment provisions between what is past due but not impaired and what is impaired.
This is followed by further analysis of credit quality by geography, together with the related impairment charges and provisions (page 50).
The key points supplementing the above analysis are as follows:
Performing loans that are neither past due nor impaired constitutes 96 per cent of customer loans and this is consistent with past periods (30 June 2013: 97 per cent; 31 December 2013: 96 per cent). Loans and advances to customers in grade 12 in the C&I segment increased by $3,410 million, primarily driven by loans to a connected group of companies that were renegotiated in 2013. Excluding this, the credit grade composition across all client segments is consistent with the prior period.
Loans and advances "past due but not impaired" are similar to levels at the end of December 2013 and arise substantially in the "up to 30 days past due" category. In the Retail client segment, these primarily relate to loans where there is a temporary timing difference in payments. In the C&I and Commercial segments, across all past due categories approximately 74 per cent of the amounts past due have been regularised by end July.
Non-performing loans (net of individual impairment provisions) are higher by $439 million. This increase is primarily in the C&I and Commercial client segments and is driven by a few small exposures in Africa and Europe. Details and further analysis around gross and net non performing loans by client segment and by geography are provided on pages 51 to 53.
Renegotiated and forborne loans included in these amounts are consistent with the level seen as at December 2013.
A Portfolio Impairment Provision (PIP) is held to cover the inherent risk of losses which, although not identified, are known through experience to be present in any loan portfolio. PIP balances are up $36 million, largely in the C&I and Commercial Client segments. Further details around the policy and rationale underlying the determinant of the PIP are provided on pages 36 and 37.
As highlighted on page 40, collateral provides risk mitigation to some degree in all client segments and better supports the credit quality and cover ratio assessments post impairment provisions. Details in this regard are provided on pages 57 to 61.
In respect of loans to banks, the credit quality composition is consistent with prior periods with most of the growth in this period being in Credit Grade 1 to 5.
Credit quality analysis continued |
||||||||
By Client segment |
||||||||
|
30.06.14 |
|||||||
|
|
|
Loans to Customers |
|||||
|
Loans to banks |
|
Corporate and Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail Clients |
Total |
|
$million |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
||
Performing Loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neither past due nor impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Grades 1-5 |
82,594 |
|
65,908 |
1,566 |
3,273 |
57,697 |
128,444 |
|
- Grades 6-8 |
7,492 |
|
67,345 |
7,067 |
14,596 |
22,067 |
111,075 |
|
- Grades 9-11 |
1,154 |
|
24,016 |
7,635 |
90 |
16,218 |
47,959 |
|
- Grade 12 |
34 |
|
5,071 |
276 |
7 |
1,157 |
6,511 |
|
|
91,274 |
|
162,340 |
16,544 |
17,966 |
97,139 |
293,989 |
|
of the above, renegotiated loans |
- |
|
4,793 |
21 |
- |
284 |
5,098 |
|
Past due but not impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Up to 30 days past due |
46 |
|
2,365 |
323 |
104 |
2,807 |
5,599 |
|
- 31 - 60 days past due |
1 |
|
203 |
45 |
2 |
497 |
747 |
|
- 61 - 90 days past due |
- |
|
379 |
51 |
2 |
240 |
672 |
|
|
47 |
|
2,947 |
419 |
108 |
3,544 |
7,018 |
|
of the above, renegotiated loans |
- |
|
143 |
4 |
- |
199 |
346 |
|
Impaired forborne loans, net of provisions |
- |
|
600 |
9 |
- |
149 |
758 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total performing loans |
91,321 |
|
165,887 |
16,972 |
18,074 |
100,832 |
301,765 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-performing Loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due but not impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- 91 - 120 days past due |
- |
|
- |
1 |
- |
100 |
101 |
|
-121 - 150 days past due |
- |
|
- |
16 |
- |
88 |
104 |
|
|
- |
|
- |
17
|
- |
188 |
205 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individually impaired loans, net of provisions |
101 |
|
2,783 |
684 |
62 |
294 |
3,823 |
|
of the above, forborne loans |
- |
|
702 |
47 |
- |
143 |
892 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-performing loans, net of individual impairment |
101 |
|
2,783 |
701 |
62 |
482 |
4,028 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans and advances |
91,422 |
|
168,670 |
17,673 |
18,136 |
101,314 |
305,793 |
|
Portfolio impairment provision |
(2) |
|
(322) |
(41) |
(2) |
(367) |
(732) |
|
Total net loans and advances |
91,420 |
|
168,348 |
17,632 |
18,134 |
100,947 |
305,061 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets out loans and advances held at fair value through profit and loss which are included within the table above |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neither past due nor impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Grades 1-5 |
3,972 |
|
1,493 |
- |
- |
- |
1,493 |
|
- Grades 6-8 |
124 |
|
3,426 |
- |
- |
- |
3,426 |
|
- Grades 9-11 |
- |
|
218 |
- |
- |
- |
218 |
|
- Grade 12 |
- |
|
431 |
- |
- |
- |
431 |
|
|
4,096 |
|
5,568 |
- |
- |
- |
5,568 |
|
Past due but not impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Up to 30 days past due |
- |
|
2 |
- |
- |
- |
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individually impaired loans |
- |
|
282 |
- |
- |
- |
282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit quality analysis continued |
||||||||||||||||||
|
30.06.13 |
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
Loans to Customers |
|||||||||||||||
|
Loans to banks |
|
Corporate and Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail Clients |
Total |
|||||||||||
$million |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
||||||||||||
Performing Loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Neither past due nor impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
- Grades 1-5 |
64,889 |
|
65,654 |
1,111 |
3,693 |
54,053 |
124,511 |
|||||||||||
- Grades 6-8 |
8,611 |
|
62,587 |
6,807 |
10,716 |
26,320 |
106,430 |
|||||||||||
- Grades 9-11 |
1,195 |
|
25,685 |
8,183 |
106 |
15,003 |
48,977 |
|||||||||||
- Grades 12 |
64 |
|
1,511 |
236 |
97 |
2,416 |
4,260 |
|||||||||||
|
74,759 |
|
155,437 |
16,337 |
14,612 |
97,792 |
284,178 |
|||||||||||
of the above, renegotiated loans |
- |
|
4,390 |
34 |
1 |
411 |
4,836 |
|||||||||||
Past due but not impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
- Up to 30 days past due |
12 |
|
593 |
539 |
16 |
2,588 |
3,736 |
|||||||||||
- 31 - 60 days past due |
- |
|
33 |
43 |
6 |
422 |
504 |
|||||||||||
- 61 - 90 days past due |
- |
|
172 |
9 |
- |
222 |
403 |
|||||||||||
|
12 |
|
798 |
591 |
22 |
3,232 |
4,643 |
|||||||||||
of the above, renegotiated loans |
- |
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|||||||||||
Impaired forborne loans, net of provisions |
- |
|
418 |
1 |
- |
135 |
554 |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total performing loans |
74,771 |
|
156,653 |
16,929 |
14,634 |
101,159 |
289,375 |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Non-performing Loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Past due but not impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
- 91 - 120 days past due |
- |
|
- |
- |
- |
101 |
101 |
|||||||||||
-121 - 150 days past due |
- |
|
- |
6 |
- |
71 |
77 |
|||||||||||
|
- |
|
- |
6 |
- |
172 |
178 |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Individually impaired loans, net of provisions |
111 |
|
2,117 |
445 |
48 |
367 |
2,977 |
|||||||||||
of the above, forborne loans |
- |
|
427 |
48 |
- |
564 |
1,039 |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total non-performing loans, net of individual impairment |
111 |
|
2,117 |
451 |
48 |
539 |
3,155 |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total loans and advances |
74,882 |
|
158,770 |
17,380 |
14,682 |
101,698 |
292,530 |
|||||||||||
Portfolio impairment provision |
(2) |
|
(309) |
(42) |
(1) |
(385) |
(737) |
|||||||||||
Total net loans and advances |
74,880 |
|
158,461 |
17,338 |
14,681 |
101,313 |
291,793 |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
The following table sets out loans and advances held at fair value through profit and loss which are included within the table above |
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Neither past due nor impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
- Grades 1-5 |
1,167 |
|
1,895 |
- |
- |
- |
1,895 |
|||||||||||
- Grades 6-8 |
408 |
|
3,801 |
- |
- |
- |
3,801 |
|||||||||||
- Grades 9-11 |
- |
|
597 |
- |
- |
- |
597 |
|||||||||||
- Grade 12 |
- |
|
147 |
- |
- |
- |
147 |
|||||||||||
|
1,575 |
|
6,440 |
- |
- |
- |
6,440 |
|||||||||||
Past due but not impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
- Up to 30 days past due |
- |
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Individually impaired loans |
- |
|
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Credit quality analysis continued |
||||||||
|
|
31.12.13 |
||||||
|
|
|
Loans to Customers |
|||||
|
Loans to banks |
|
Corporate and Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail Clients |
Total |
|
$million |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
||
Performing Loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neither past due nor impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Grades 1-5 |
73,862 |
|
61,425 |
1,326 |
3,709 |
54,141 |
120,601 |
|
- Grades 6-8 |
10,325 |
|
66,195 |
6,812 |
13,169 |
24,988 |
111,164 |
|
- Grades 9-11 |
1,825 |
|
25,614 |
8,348 |
87 |
15,236 |
49,285 |
|
- Grade 12 |
35 |
|
1,661 |
295 |
69 |
2,342 |
4,367 |
|
|
86,047 |
|
154,895 |
16,781 |
17,034 |
96,707 |
285,417 |
|
of the above, renegotiated loans |
- |
|
4,208 |
26 |
- |
388 |
4,622 |
|
Past due but not impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Up to 30 days past due |
17 |
|
2,463 |
422 |
42 |
2,548 |
5,475 |
|
- 31 - 60 days past due |
- |
|
272 |
59 |
38 |
418 |
787 |
|
- 61 - 90 days past due |
- |
|
579 |
33 |
4 |
202 |
818 |
|
|
17 |
|
3,314 |
514 |
84 |
3,168 |
7,080 |
|
of the above, renegotiated loans |
- |
|
583 |
- |
- |
- |
583 |
|
Impaired forborne loans, net of provisions |
- |
|
474 |
1 |
- |
150 |
625 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total performing loans |
86,064 |
|
158,683 |
17,296 |
17,118 |
100,025 |
293,122 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-performing Loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past due but not impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- 91 - 120 days past due |
- |
|
- |
- |
- |
115 |
115 |
|
-121 - 150 days past due |
- |
|
- |
5 |
1 |
77 |
83 |
|
|
- |
|
- |
5 |
1 |
192 |
198 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individually impaired loans, net of provisions |
107 |
|
2,510 |
540 |
41 |
300 |
3,391 |
|
of the above, forborne loans |
- |
|
801 |
61 |
- |
461 |
1,323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-performing loans, net of individual impairment |
107 |
|
2,510 |
545 |
42 |
492 |
3,589 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans and advances |
86,171 |
|
161,193 |
17,841 |
17,160 |
100,517 |
296,711 |
|
Portfolio impairment provision |
(2) |
|
(287) |
(39) |
(1) |
(369) |
(696) |
|
Total net loans and advances |
86,169 |
|
160,906 |
17,802 |
17,159 |
100,148 |
296,015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets out loans and advances held at fair value through profit and loss which are included within the table above |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neither past due nor impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Grades 1-5 |
2,271 |
|
1,026 |
- |
- |
- |
1,026 |
|
- Grades 6-8 |
196 |
|
3,321 |
- |
- |
- |
3,321 |
|
- Grades 9-11 |
- |
|
211 |
- |
- |
- |
211 |
|
- Grade 12 |
- |
|
25 |
- |
- |
- |
25 |
|
|
2,467 |
|
4,583 |
- |
- |
- |
4,583 |
|
Past due but not impaired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Up to 30 days past due |
- |
|
405 |
- |
- |
- |
405 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individually impaired loans |
- |
|
319 |
- |
- |
- |
319 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit quality by geographic region
Loans and advances to customers
The tables below set out an analysis of the loan to customers between those loans that are neither past due nor impaired, those that are impaired, the impairment provision and net impairment charge by geographic region:
|
30.06.14 |
|||||||||
|
Balance sheet2 |
|
Profit and loss |
|||||||
|
Neither past due nor individually impaired |
Past due but not individually impaired |
Individually impaired |
Individual impairment provision |
Portfolio impairment provision |
Total |
|
Net individual impairment provision |
Portfolio impairment provision/ (release) |
Net loan impairment charge1 |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
Greater China |
91,331 |
1,265 |
693 |
(290) |
(142) |
92,857 |
|
216 |
(4) |
212 |
North East Asia |
28,646 |
833 |
610 |
(353) |
(105) |
29,631 |
|
217 |
(8) |
209 |
South Asia |
13,046 |
748 |
1,102 |
(398) |
(65) |
14,433 |
|
48 |
- |
48 |
ASEAN |
82,278 |
2,591 |
926 |
(371) |
(173) |
85,251 |
|
186 |
18 |
204 |
MENAP |
17,144 |
859 |
2,377 |
(1,180) |
(69) |
19,131 |
|
32 |
(7) |
25 |
Africa |
7,504 |
394 |
966 |
(356) |
(65) |
8,443 |
|
96 |
- |
96 |
Americas |
11,268 |
52 |
1 |
(1) |
(6) |
11,314 |
|
- |
1 |
1 |
Europe |
42,772 |
481 |
927 |
(72) |
(107) |
44,001 |
|
20 |
28 |
48 |
|
293,989 |
7,223 |
7,602 |
(3,021) |
(732) |
305,061 |
|
815 |
28 |
843 |
|
30.06.13 |
|||||||||
|
Balance sheet2 |
|
Profit and loss |
|||||||
|
Neither past due nor individually impaired |
Past due but not individually impaired |
Individually impaired |
Individual impairment provision |
Portfolio impairment provision |
Total |
|
Net individual impairment provision |
Portfolio impairment provision/ (release) |
Net loan impairment charge1 |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
Greater China |
83,877 |
1,081 |
607 |
(204) |
(151) |
85,210 |
|
116 |
10 |
126 |
North East Asia |
31,616 |
786 |
567 |
(260) |
(124) |
32,585 |
|
194 |
(1) |
193 |
South Asia |
13,018 |
657 |
929 |
(342) |
(58) |
14,204 |
|
108 |
10 |
118 |
ASEAN |
79,706 |
1,660 |
744 |
(333) |
(147) |
81,630 |
|
165 |
7 |
172 |
MENAP |
16,130 |
550 |
2,584 |
(1,120) |
(118) |
18,026 |
|
40 |
(6) |
34 |
Africa |
7,934 |
66 |
176 |
(92) |
(68) |
8,016 |
|
59 |
16 |
75 |
Americas |
9,883 |
- |
17 |
- |
(4) |
9,896 |
|
- |
1 |
1 |
Europe |
42,014 |
21 |
340 |
(82) |
(67) |
42,226 |
|
11 |
(3) |
8 |
|
284,178 |
4,821 |
5,964 |
(2,433) |
(737) |
291,793 |
|
693 |
34 |
727 |
|
31.12.13 |
|||||||||
|
Balance sheet2 |
|
Profit and loss |
|||||||
|
Neither past due nor individually impaired |
Past due but not individually impaired |
Individually impaired |
Individual impairment provision |
Portfolio impairment provision |
Total |
|
Net individual impairment provision |
Portfolio impairment provision/ (release) |
Net loan impairment charge1 |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
Greater China |
86,512 |
822 |
634 |
(200) |
(146) |
87,622 |
|
121 |
(6) |
115 |
North East Asia |
29,724 |
784 |
536 |
(321) |
(107) |
30,616 |
|
235 |
(1) |
234 |
South Asia |
12,670 |
854 |
1,023 |
(386) |
(64) |
14,097 |
|
90 |
6 |
96 |
ASEAN |
79,502 |
2,232 |
831 |
(321) |
(154) |
82,090 |
|
211 |
12 |
223 |
MENAP |
16,472 |
685 |
2,438 |
(1,176) |
(74) |
18,345 |
|
51 |
(38) |
13 |
Africa |
7,620 |
219 |
595 |
(274) |
(67) |
8,093 |
|
192 |
3 |
195 |
Americas |
10,554 |
127 |
5 |
(4) |
(5) |
10,677 |
|
4 |
- |
4 |
Europe |
42,363 |
1,555 |
703 |
(67) |
(79) |
44,475 |
|
1 |
5 |
6 |
|
285,417 |
7,278 |
6,765 |
(2,749) |
(696) |
296,015 |
|
905 |
(19) |
886 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Excludes impairment charges relating to debt securities classified as loans and receivables (refer to note 7 on page 115)
2 The disclosures in the risk review section are presented on the basis of booking location of the loan except for a small number of impaired loans which have been reallocated into the region in which they are managed to align with income statement presentation
Problem credit management and provisioning
Non-performing loans by client segment
The definition of non-performing loans are set out on page 46.
The cover ratio is a common metric used in considering trends in provisioning and non-performing loans. This metric should be considered in conjunction with other credit risk information provided in this Risk Review.
The cover ratio for Retail Clients increased slightly to 87 per cent compared to 2013 while the cover ratio for Corporate and Institutional Clients was stable at 49 per cent compared to 31 December 2013.
Commercial and Private Banking segment's cover ratios decreased to 43 per cent and 47 per cent respectively since December 2013, driven by small number of exposures.
The balance of non-performing loans not covered by individual impairment provisions represents the adjusted value of collateral held and the Group's estimate of the net outcome of any workout strategy. The cover ratio after taking into account collateral for Corporate and Institutional Clients is 64 per cent (30 June 2013: 66 per cent, 31 December 2013: 63 per cent).
The table below presents a movement of the gross non-performing loans to banks and customers, together with the provisions held, for all segments and the respective cover ratios.
Further details by geography are set out in pages 53 for Retail Clients and Corporate and Institutional Clients respectively.
|
30.06.14 |
|||||||
|
Corporate and Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail |
Total |
|||
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|||
Gross non-performing loans at 1 January |
4,541 |
959 |
94 |
885 |
6,479 |
|||
Exchange translation differences |
21 |
21 |
(1) |
14 |
55 |
|||
Classified as non-performing during the year |
777 |
299 |
28 |
491 |
1,595 |
|||
Recoveries on loans and advances previously written off |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|||
Additions |
777 |
299 |
28 |
491 |
1,595 |
|||
Transferred to assets held for sale |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|||
Transferred to performing during the year |
(8) |
(18) |
- |
(129) |
(155) |
|||
Net repayments |
(272) |
(70) |
- |
(65) |
(407) |
|||
Amounts written off |
(56) |
(22) |
- |
(246) |
(324) |
|||
Disposals of loans |
0 |
(2) |
(8) |
(48) |
(58) |
|||
Reductions |
(336) |
(112) |
(8) |
(488) |
(944) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Gross non-performing loans at 30 June |
5,003 |
1,167 |
113 |
902 |
7,185 |
|||
Individual impairment provisions1 |
(2,119) |
(466) |
(51) |
(420) |
(3,056) |
|||
Net non-performing loans |
2,884 |
701 |
62 |
482 |
4,129 |
|||
Portfolio impairment provision |
(324) |
(41) |
(2) |
(367) |
(734) |
|||
Total |
2,560 |
660 |
60 |
115 |
3,395 |
|||
Cover ratio |
49% |
43% |
47% |
87% |
53% |
|||
|
1 |
The difference to total individual impairment provision at reflects provisions against performing forborne loans that are not included within non-performing loans as they have been performing for 180 days |
|
|||||
Problem credit management and provisioningcontinued
Non-performing loans by client segment continued |
|||||
|
30.06.13 |
||||
|
Corporate and Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail |
Total |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
Gross non-performing loans at 1 January |
3,788 |
720 |
95 |
935 |
5,538 |
Exchange translation differences |
(62) |
(29) |
(7) |
(11) |
(109) |
Classified as non-performing during the year |
614 |
161 |
5 |
458 |
1,238 |
Recoveries on loans and advances previously written off |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Additions |
614 |
161 |
5 |
458 |
1,238 |
Transferred to assets held for sale |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Transferred to performing during the year |
(8) |
(3) |
- |
(83) |
(94) |
Net repayments |
(328) |
(35) |
- |
(82) |
(445) |
Amounts written off |
(23) |
(18) |
- |
(218) |
(259) |
Disposals of loans |
(43) |
(5) |
(1) |
(67) |
(116) |
Reductions |
(402) |
(61) |
(1) |
(450) |
(914) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross non-performing loans at 30 June |
3,938 |
791 |
92 |
932 |
5,753 |
Individual impairment provisions1 |
(1,710) |
(340) |
(44) |
(393) |
(2,487) |
Net non-performing loans |
2,228 |
451 |
48 |
539 |
3,266 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
(311) |
(42) |
(1) |
(385) |
(739) |
Total |
1,917 |
409 |
47 |
154 |
2,527 |
Cover ratio |
51% |
48% |
49% |
83% |
56% |
|
31.12.13 |
|||||||
|
Corporate and Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail |
Total |
|||
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|||
Gross non-performing loans at 1 July |
3,938 |
791 |
92 |
932 |
5,753 |
|||
Exchange translation differences |
(43) |
(16) |
10 |
(12) |
(61) |
|||
Classified as non-performing during the year |
1,024 |
220 |
(3) |
457 |
1,698 |
|||
Recoveries on loans and advances previously written off |
- |
5 |
- |
24 |
29 |
|||
Additions |
1,024 |
225 |
(3) |
481 |
1,727 |
|||
Transferred to assets held for sale |
- |
- |
- |
(111) |
(111) |
|||
Transferred to performing during the year |
(79) |
- |
- |
(43) |
(122) |
|||
Net repayments |
(257) |
(18) |
- |
(2) |
(277) |
|||
Amounts written off |
(5) |
(18) |
- |
(340) |
(363) |
|||
Disposals of loans |
(37) |
(5) |
(5) |
(20) |
(67) |
|||
Reductions |
(378) |
(41) |
(5) |
(516) |
(940) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Gross non-performing loans at 31 December |
4,541 |
959 |
94 |
885 |
6,479 |
|||
Individual impairment provisions1 |
(1,924) |
(414) |
(52) |
(393) |
(2,783) |
|||
Net non-performing loans |
2,617 |
545 |
42 |
492 |
3,696 |
|||
Portfolio impairment provision |
(289) |
(39) |
(1) |
(369) |
(698) |
|||
Total |
2,328 |
506 |
41 |
123 |
2,998 |
|||
Cover ratio |
49% |
47% |
56% |
86% |
54% |
|||
|
1 |
The difference to total individual impairment provision at reflects provisions against performing forborne loans that are not included within non-performing loans as they have been performing for 180 days |
|
|||||
Problem credit management and provisioning
Non-performing loans by geographic region
Gross non-performing, increased by $706 million, or 11 per cent, since December 2013. These increases were primarily driven by a small number of large exposures in Africa and Europe.
The following tables set out the total non-performing loans to banks and customers on the basis of the geographic regions to which the exposure relates to rather than the booking location:
|
|||||||||
|
30.06.14 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Loans and advances |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross non-performing1 |
515 |
644 |
1,131 |
1,181 |
1,787 |
966 |
1 |
960 |
7,185 |
Individual impairment provision2 |
(244) |
(353) |
(397) |
(441) |
(1,168) |
(356) |
(1) |
(96) |
(3,056) |
Non-performing loans net of individual impairment provision |
271 |
291 |
734 |
740 |
619 |
610 |
- |
864 |
4,129 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
(142) |
(105) |
(65) |
(174) |
(70) |
(65) |
(6) |
(107) |
(734) |
Net non-performing loans and advances |
129 |
186 |
669 |
566 |
549 |
545 |
(6) |
757 |
3,395 |
Cover ratio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Loans and advances |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross non-performing1 |
453 |
599 |
952 |
901 |
2,264 |
299 |
16 |
269 |
5,753 |
Individual impairment provision2 |
(165) |
(260) |
(339) |
(352) |
(1,174) |
(92) |
(1) |
(104) |
(2,487) |
Non-performing loans net of individual impairment provision |
288 |
339 |
613 |
549 |
1,090 |
207 |
15 |
165 |
3,266 |
Portfolio impairment provision |
(151) |
(124) |
(58) |
(148) |
(119) |
(68) |
(4) |
(67) |
(739) |
Net non-performing loans and advances |
137 |
215 |
555 |
401 |
971 |
139 |
11 |
98 |
2,527 |
Cover ratio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
31.12.13 |
|||||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
|||
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
||||
Loans and advances |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Gross non-performing1 |
460 |
574 |
1,040 |
1,065 |
1,987 |
609 |
5 |
739 |
6,479 |
|||
Individual impairment provision2 |
(150) |
(324) |
(388) |
(394) |
(1,160) |
(274) |
(4) |
(89) |
(2,783) |
|||
Non-performing loans net of individual impairment provision |
310 |
250 |
652 |
671 |
827 |
335 |
1 |
650 |
3,696 |
|||
Portfolio impairment provision |
(146) |
(107) |
(64) |
(155) |
(75) |
(67) |
(5) |
(79) |
(698) |
|||
Net non-performing loans and advances |
164 |
143 |
588 |
516 |
752 |
268 |
(4) |
571 |
2,998 |
|||
Cover ratio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54% |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
1 |
The disclosures in the risk review section are presented on the basis of booking location of the loan except for a small number of impaired loans which have been reallocated into the region in which they are managed to align with income statement presentation |
|
|||||||||
|
2 |
The difference to total individual impairment provision reflects provisions against restructured loans that are not included within non-performing loans as they have been performing for 180 days |
|
|||||||||
Problem credit management and provisioning continued
Individually impaired loans by client segment
Individually impaired loans broadly remained stable in Retail Clients, compared to 2013 at $1.1 billion. Corporate and Institutional Clients individually impaired loans increased by $599 million, or 12 per cent since 31 December 2013. Individual impairment provisions increases were primarily in Greater China and Africa as a result of a small number of Corporate and Institutional Clients exposures and within Retail Clients in Korea due to higher levels of filings under the PDRS. .
The amounts written off primarily relate to Retail Clients, which generate a higher level of write-offs as unsecured lending balances are written off once they are more than 150 days past due.
The following table shows movement in individually impaired loans and provisions for each of client segments:
|
|
30.06.14 |
|
||||||
|
Corporate and Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail |
Total |
||||
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
||||
Gross individually impaired loans at 1 January |
5,018 |
968 |
94 |
1,090 |
7,170 |
||||
Exchange translation differences |
32 |
8 |
1 |
19 |
60 |
||||
Transfer to assets held for sale |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
||||
Classified as individually impaired during the year |
1,009 |
307 |
27 |
494 |
1,837 |
||||
Transferred to not impaired during the year |
(37) |
(18) |
- |
(128) |
(183) |
||||
Other movements1 |
(405) |
(93) |
(8) |
(366) |
(872) |
||||
Gross individually impaired loans at 30 June |
5,617 |
1,172 |
114 |
1,109 |
8,012 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Provisions held at 1 January |
1,927 |
422 |
52 |
448 |
2,849 |
||||
Exchange translation differences |
60 |
(32) |
- |
(49) |
(21) |
||||
Amounts written off |
(48) |
(24) |
- |
(502) |
(574) |
||||
Releases of acquisition fair values |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
(1) |
||||
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
(2) |
1 |
- |
106 |
105 |
||||
Discount unwind |
(31) |
(9) |
1 |
(13) |
(52) |
||||
Transferred to assets held for sale |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
||||
New provisions |
246 |
114 |
- |
654 |
1,014 |
||||
Recoveries/provisions no longer required |
(18) |
(10) |
(1) |
(166) |
(195) |
||||
Net individually impairment charge against profit |
228 |
104 |
(1) |
488 |
819 |
||||
Individually impairment provisions held at 30 June |
2,133 |
462 |
52 |
478 |
3,125 |
||||
Net individually impaired loans |
3,484 |
710 |
62 |
631 |
4,887 |
||||
|
1 |
Other movement includes repayments, amounts written off and disposals of loans |
|
||||||
Impaired loans continued |
|||||
|
30.06.13 |
||||
|
Corporate and Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail |
Total |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
Gross individually impaired loans at 1 January |
4,230 |
721 |
95 |
1,103 |
6,149 |
Exchange translation differences |
(75) |
(19) |
(7) |
(14) |
(115) |
Transfer to assets held for sale |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Classified as individually impaired during the year |
618 |
145 |
5 |
462 |
1,230 |
Transferred to not impaired during the year |
(15) |
(2) |
- |
(30) |
(47) |
Other movements1 |
(408) |
(44) |
(2) |
(410) |
(864) |
Gross individually impaired loans at 30 June |
4,350 |
801 |
91 |
1,111 |
6,353 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provisions held at 1 January |
1,639 |
345 |
44 |
405 |
2,433 |
Exchange translation differences |
(34) |
(8) |
(1) |
(16) |
(59) |
Amounts written off |
(54) |
(23) |
- |
(500) |
(577) |
Releases of acquisition fair values |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
(1) |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
5 |
(3) |
- |
85 |
87 |
Discount unwind |
(24) |
(7) |
- |
(11) |
(42) |
Transferred to assets held for sale |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
New provisions |
192 |
57 |
- |
622 |
871 |
Recoveries/provisions no longer required |
(19) |
(12) |
- |
(148) |
(179) |
Net individually impairment charge against profit |
173 |
45 |
- |
474 |
692 |
Individually impairment provisions held at 30 June |
1,704 |
349 |
43 |
437 |
2,533 |
Net individually impaired loans |
2,646 |
452 |
48 |
674 |
3,820 |
|
|
31.12.13 |
|
||||||
|
Corporate and Institutional |
Commercial |
Private Banking |
Retail |
Total |
||||
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
||||
Gross individually impaired loans at 1 July |
4,350 |
801 |
91 |
1,111 |
6,353 |
||||
Exchange translation differences |
(322) |
(69) |
6 |
(370) |
(755) |
||||
Transfer to assets held for sale |
- |
- |
- |
(111) |
(111) |
||||
Classified as individually impaired during the year |
1,072 |
236 |
(3) |
536 |
1,841 |
||||
Transferred to not impaired during the year |
(82) |
- |
- |
(76) |
(158) |
||||
Other movements1 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
||||
Gross individually impaired loans at 31 December |
5,018 |
968 |
94 |
1,090 |
7,170 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Provisions held at 1 July |
1,704 |
349 |
43 |
437 |
2,533 |
||||
Exchange translation differences |
(26) |
(8) |
1 |
11 |
(22) |
||||
Amounts written off |
(28) |
(29) |
- |
(539) |
(596) |
||||
Releases of acquisition fair values |
1 |
(2) |
- |
(1) |
(2) |
||||
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
8 |
3 |
- |
113 |
124 |
||||
Discount unwind |
(33) |
(7) |
- |
(11) |
(51) |
||||
Transferred to assets held for sale |
- |
- |
- |
(42) |
(42) |
||||
New provisions |
325 |
132 |
8 |
671 |
1,136 |
||||
Recoveries/provisions no longer required |
(24) |
(16) |
- |
(191) |
(231) |
||||
Net individually impairment charge against profit |
301 |
116 |
8 |
480 |
905 |
||||
Individually impairment provisions held at 31 December |
1,927 |
422 |
52 |
448 |
2,849 |
||||
Net individually impaired Loans |
3,091 |
546 |
42 |
642 |
4,321 |
||||
|
1 |
Other movement includes repayments, amounts written off and disposals of loans |
|
||||||
Individual and portfolio impairment provisions
The movement in individual impairment provision is discussed on page 54. Portfolio impairment provisions increased by $28 million, largely in relation to C&I Clients based in Europe region.
The following tables set out the movements in total individual and portfolio impairment provisions:
|
||||||
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
||||
|
Individual impairment provisions |
Portfolio impairment provisions |
Total |
Individual impairment provisions |
Portfolio impairment provisions |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Provisions held at 1 January |
2,849 |
698 |
3,547 |
2,433 |
724 |
3,157 |
Exchange translation differences |
(21) |
8 |
(13) |
(59) |
(19) |
(78) |
Amounts written off |
(574) |
- |
(574) |
(577) |
- |
(577) |
Releases of acquisition fair values |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
105 |
- |
105 |
87 |
- |
87 |
Discount unwind |
(52) |
- |
(52) |
(42) |
- |
(42) |
Transferred to assets held for sale |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
New provisions |
1,014 |
81 |
1,095 |
871 |
74 |
945 |
Recoveries/provisions no longer required |
(195) |
(53) |
(248) |
(179) |
(40) |
(219) |
Net impairment charge against profit |
819 |
28 |
847 |
692 |
34 |
726 |
Provisions held at 30 June |
3,125 |
734 |
3,859 |
2,533 |
739 |
3,272 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
31.12.13 |
||||
|
|
|
|
Individual impairment provisions |
Portfolio impairment provisions |
Total |
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Provisions held at 1 July |
|
|
|
2,533 |
739 |
3,272 |
Exchange translation differences |
|
|
|
(22) |
3 |
(19) |
Amounts written off |
|
|
|
(596) |
- |
(596) |
Releases of acquisition fair values |
|
|
|
(2) |
- |
(2) |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
|
|
124 |
- |
124 |
Discount unwind |
|
|
|
(51) |
- |
(51) |
Transferred to assets held for sale |
|
|
|
(42) |
(25) |
(67) |
New provisions |
|
|
|
1,136 |
96 |
1,232 |
Recoveries/provisions no longer required |
|
|
|
(231) |
(115) |
(346) |
Net impairment charge/(release) against profit |
|
|
|
905 |
(19) |
886 |
Provisions held at 31 December |
|
|
|
2,849 |
698 |
3,547 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit risk mitigation
Collateral
The requirement for collateral is not a substitute for the ability to pay, which is the primary consideration for any lending decisions. In determining the financial effect of collateral held against loans neither past due nor impaired, we have assessed the significance of the collateral held in relation to the type of lending.
For loans and advances to banks and customers (including those held at fair value through profit or loss), the table below sets out the fair value of collateral held by the Group adjusted where appropriate in accordance with the risk mitigation policy as outlined on page 35 and for the effect of over-collateralisation.
In Retail Clients, collateral levels have increased by 6 per cent compared to 31 December 2013 largely as we derisked the Personal Loan portfolio in certain markets. The proportion of collateral held against impaired loans has declined compared to 2013 as the increase in impaired loans primarily relates to the
unsecured portfolio. 79 per cent of the loans to Retail and Private Banking Clients are fully secured.
Collateral held against Corporate and Institutional and Commercial Client loans also covers off-balance sheet exposures including undrawn commitments and trade related instruments. Collateral coverage is slightly lower at 24 per cent compared to 26 per cent at 31 December 2013. Collateral held against individually impaired loans rose to 17 per cent from 13 per cent at the end of December 2013.
The unadjusted market value of collateral in respect of Corporate and Institutional and Commercial Clients, which does not take into consideration over-collateralisation or adjustments was $209 billion (30 June 2013: $174 billion, 31 December 2013: $190 billion).
|
Collateral |
Amount Outstanding1 |
|
||||
|
|
Of which |
|
Of which |
|
||
|
Total |
Past due but not individually impaired loans |
Individually impaired loans |
Total |
Past due but not individually impaired loans |
Individually impaired loans |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
As at 30 June 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Institutional2 |
61,276 |
236 |
948 |
260,092 |
2,994 |
5,617 |
|
Commercial |
6,512 |
236 |
228 |
17,673 |
436 |
1,155 |
|
Private Banking |
13,423 |
211 |
35 |
18,136 |
108 |
114 |
|
Retail |
75,907 |
2,669 |
362 |
101,314 |
3,732 |
921 |
|
Total |
157,118 |
3,352 |
1,573 |
397,215 |
7,270 |
7,807 |
|
As at 30 June 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Institutional2 |
53,205 |
355 |
667 |
233,652 |
810 |
4,350 |
|
Commercial |
6,386 |
482 |
136 |
17,380 |
597 |
795 |
|
Private Banking |
11,111 |
29 |
69 |
14,682 |
22 |
91 |
|
Retail |
70,926 |
2,020 |
404 |
101,698 |
3,404 |
939 |
|
Total |
141,628 |
2,886 |
1,276 |
367,412 |
4,833 |
6,175 |
|
As at 31 Dec 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Institutional2 |
61,484 |
623 |
642 |
247,364 |
3,331 |
5,018 |
|
Commercial |
6,422 |
454 |
156 |
17,841 |
519 |
963 |
|
Private Banking |
13,435 |
149 |
65 |
17,160 |
85 |
93 |
|
Retail |
71,585 |
2,305 |
396 |
100,517 |
3,360 |
898 |
|
Total |
152,926 |
3,531 |
1,259 |
382,882 |
7,295 |
6,972 |
|
1 Includes loans held at fair value through profit or loss
2 Includes loans and advances to banks
Credit risk mitigation continued
Corporate and Institutional and Commercial Clients
Collateral held against Corporate and Institutional and Commercial Client exposures amounted to $68 billion (30 June 2013: $60 billion; 31 December 2013: $68 billion). This represents the fair value of collateral adjusted in accordance with our risk mitigation policy (page 35) and for the effects of over collateralisation.
Our underwriting standards encourage taking specific charges on assets and we consistently seek high quality, investment grade secured collateral. 48 per cent of collateral held is comprised of physical assets or is property based, with the remainder held largely in cash and investment securities.
Non-tangible collateral - such as guarantees and letters of credit - may also be held against corporate exposures although the financial effect of this type of collateral is less significant in terms of recoveries. However this type of collateral is considered when determining probability of default and other credit related factors.
The proportion of highly rated debt securities of 28 per cent on collateral increased slightly from 27 per cent compared to December 2013 due to higher levels of reverse repurchase transactions.
The following table provides an analysis of the types of collateral held against Corporate and Institutional and Commercial Clients loan exposures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Cash |
15,393 |
13,444 |
13,444 |
|
Property |
17,087 |
17,667 |
18,491 |
|
Debt securities |
|
|
|
|
|
AAA |
49 |
6 |
45 |
|
AA- to AA+ |
10,993 |
2,830 |
9,651 |
|
BBB- to BBB+ |
2,898 |
1,963 |
2,758 |
|
Lower than BBB- |
935 |
1,229 |
865 |
|
Unrated |
4,431 |
5,506 |
5,034 |
|
|
19,306 |
11,533 |
18,311 |
Other (asset based) |
16,002 |
16,947 |
17,618 |
|
Total value of collateral |
67,788 |
59,591 |
67,906 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial real estate (CRE) |
The Group has lending to CRE counterparties of $16.3 billion (30 June 2013: $14.9 billion; 31 December 2013: $16.2 billion). Of this exposure, $6,141 million is to counterparties where the source of repayment is substantially derived from rental or sale of real estate and is secured by real estate collateral. The remaining CRE exposure comprises working capital loans to real estate corporates, exposure with non-property collateral, unsecured exposure and exposure to real estate entity of diversified conglomerate.
At 30 June 2014, 79 per cent of the loan-to-value (LTV) ratio is less than 50 per cent (30 June 2013: 73 per cent; 31 December 2013: 71 per cent) with 19 per cent of loans ranging within LTV of 50 to 79 per cent (30 June 2013: 27 per cent; 31 December 2013: 28 per cent). Remaining 2 per cent of loans have LTV ranging from 80 to 100 per cent.
Average portfolio loan to value has remained relatively stable at 41.1 per cent at H1 2014, unchanged since December 2013.
Credit risk mitigation continued
Retail and Private Banking Clients loan portfolio
A secured loan is one where the borrower pledges an asset as collateral which the Group is able to take possession in the event that the borrower defaults. All secured loans are considered fully
secured if the fair value of the collateral is equal to or greater than the loan at the time of origination.
The following tables present an analysis of loans to individuals by product split between fully secured, partially secured and unsecured:
|
|
|||||||||
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
|
|||||||
|
Fully secured |
Partially secured |
Unsecured |
Total1 |
Fully secured |
Partially secured |
Unsecured |
Total1 |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Loans to individuals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
74,649 |
- |
- |
74,649 |
73,799 |
- |
- |
73,799 |
|
|
Credit card and personal loans |
10 |
22 |
21,468 |
22,500 |
5 |
- |
24,667 |
24,672 |
|
|
Auto |
1,164 |
- |
- |
1,164 |
1,433 |
- |
- |
1,433 |
|
|
Other |
18,420 |
1,740 |
977 |
21,137 |
14,586 |
1,397 |
494 |
16,477 |
|
|
|
94,243 |
1,762 |
23,445 |
119,450 |
89,823 |
1,397 |
25,161 |
116,381 |
|
|
Percentage of total loans |
79% |
1% |
20% |
|
77% |
1% |
22% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
31.12.13 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Fully secured |
Partially secured |
Unsecured |
Total1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Loans to individuals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
|
|
|
|
73,096 |
- |
- |
73,096 |
|
|
Credit card and personal loans |
|
|
|
|
5 |
- |
23,803 |
23,808 |
|
|
Auto |
|
|
|
|
1,284 |
- |
- |
1,284 |
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
17,579 |
1,462 |
448 |
19,489 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,964 |
1,462 |
24,251 |
117,677 |
|
|
Percentage of total loans |
|
|
|
|
78% |
1% |
21% |
|
|
|
1 |
Amounts net of individual impairment provisions |
|||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Credit risk mitigation continued
Mortgage loan-to-value ratios by geography
The following table provides an analysis of loan to value (LTV) ratios by geography for the mortgages portfolio. LTV ratios are determined based on the ratio of the current mortgage outstanding to the current fair value of the properties on which they are secured.
Overall the average LTV ratio for the portfolio is 49.6 per cent compared to 49.9 per cent in December 2013.
Our major mortgage markets of Hong Kong, Singapore and Korea have an average LTV of less than 50 per cent. Compared to 31 December 2013, the proportion of the portfolio with average LTVs in excess of 100 per cent has declined from 0.4 per cent to 0.3 per cent, primarily within the MENAP region due to improving economic conditions, particularly in the UAE.
|
|||||||||
|
30.06.14 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
|
Less than 50 per cent |
64.1 |
49.8 |
69.6 |
33.9 |
31.4 |
25.7 |
- |
25.9 |
50.6 |
50 per cent to 59 per cent |
13.2 |
23.7 |
13.1 |
21.3 |
20.1 |
13.3 |
- |
39.8 |
18.6 |
60 per cent to 69 per cent |
10.3 |
17.8 |
9.9 |
20.4 |
19.9 |
21.2 |
- |
23.9 |
15.5 |
70 per cent to 79 per cent |
5.6 |
5.2 |
5.7 |
17.0 |
15.2 |
23.5 |
- |
10.4 |
9.1 |
80 per cent to 89 per cent |
4.4 |
2.0 |
1.5 |
6.1 |
5.5 |
15.8 |
- |
- |
4.2 |
90 per cent to 99 per cent |
2.4 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
1.0 |
3.4 |
0.1 |
- |
- |
1.6 |
100 per cent and greater |
- |
0.5 |
0.2 |
0.3 |
4.5 |
0.3 |
- |
- |
0.3 |
Average Portfolio loan to value |
45.6 |
48.7 |
38.1 |
55.8 |
60.2 |
65.0 |
- |
54.5 |
49.6 |
Loans to individuals - Mortgages ($million) |
34,132 |
12,240 |
2,472 |
22,234 |
1,869 |
351 |
- |
1,351 |
74,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
|
Less than 50 per cent |
65.0 |
48.1 |
66.3 |
31.3 |
25.9 |
27.6 |
- |
15.2 |
50.8 |
50 per cent to 59 per cent |
13.8 |
22.2 |
13.5 |
21.6 |
15.9 |
14.2 |
- |
31.6 |
17.9 |
60 per cent to 69 per cent |
10.0 |
20.5 |
10.0 |
19.2 |
16.6 |
21.1 |
- |
33.6 |
15.2 |
70 per cent to 79 per cent |
6.3 |
5.6 |
7.1 |
20.9 |
17.6 |
19.4 |
- |
19.6 |
10.6 |
80 per cent to 89 per cent |
3.6 |
2.3 |
2.6 |
5.3 |
8.0 |
16.2 |
- |
- |
3.9 |
90 per cent to 99 per cent |
1.3 |
1.0 |
0.5 |
1.1 |
4.0 |
0.8 |
- |
- |
1.2 |
100 per cent and greater |
- |
0.4 |
- |
0.4 |
12.0 |
0.7 |
- |
- |
0.5 |
Average Portfolio loan to value |
44.7 |
49.6 |
39.9 |
56.7 |
68.4 |
64.4 |
- |
58.7 |
50.0 |
Loans to individuals - Mortgages ($million) |
32,485 |
13,867 |
2,337 |
21,753 |
1,621 |
277 |
- |
1,459 |
73,799 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.12.13 |
||||||||
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
% |
|
Less than 50 per cent |
62.9 |
48.8 |
65.8 |
32.3 |
31.0 |
27.0 |
- |
20.6 |
50.6 |
50 per cent to 59 per cent |
14.7 |
22.7 |
13.5 |
22.0 |
16.3 |
13.6 |
- |
32.2 |
18.5 |
60 per cent to 69 per cent |
9.6 |
19.1 |
10.7 |
20.3 |
19.5 |
21.3 |
- |
22.7 |
14.8 |
70 per cent to 79 per cent |
6.4 |
5.6 |
7.1 |
18.5 |
16.1 |
22.4 |
- |
24.6 |
10.0 |
80 per cent to 89 per cent |
4.0 |
2.2 |
2.4 |
5.4 |
7.4 |
15.1 |
- |
- |
4.1 |
90 per cent to 99 per cent |
2.3 |
1.1 |
0.4 |
1.1 |
3.4 |
0.2 |
- |
- |
1.7 |
100 per cent and greater |
- |
0.5 |
- |
0.4 |
6.3 |
0.4 |
- |
- |
0.4 |
Average Portfolio loan to value |
45.6 |
49.3 |
40.5 |
56.0 |
62.1 |
64.3 |
- |
57.8 |
49.9 |
Loans to individuals - Mortgages ($million) |
32,940 |
12,821 |
2,298 |
21,636 |
1,753 |
293 |
- |
1,355 |
73,096 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collateral and other credit enhancements possessed or called upon
The Group obtains assets by taking possession of collateral or calling upon other credit enhancements (such as guarantees). Repossessed properties are sold in an orderly fashion. Where the proceeds are in excess of the outstanding loan balance the excess is returned to the borrower. Certain equity securities
acquired may be held by the Group for investment purposes and are classified as available-for-sale, and the related loan written off.
The table below details the carrying value of collateral possessed and held by the Group at 30 June 2014; 30 June 2013 and 31 December 2013:
|
|
|
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Property |
|
|
|
9 |
39 |
44 |
Other |
|
|
|
- |
1 |
- |
Total |
|
|
|
9 |
40 |
44 |
Debt securities and treasury bills |
||||||
Debt securities and treasury bills are analysed as follows: |
||||||
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
||||
|
Debt securities |
Treasury bills |
Total |
Debt securities |
Treasury bills |
Total |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Net impaired securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impaired securities |
440 |
- |
440 |
411 |
- |
411 |
Impairment |
(257) |
- |
(257) |
(153) |
- |
(153) |
|
183 |
- |
183 |
258 |
- |
258 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities neither past due nor impaired: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
AAA |
34,751 |
6,068 |
40,819 |
22,220 |
3,608 |
25,828 |
AA- to AA+ |
20,123 |
12,537 |
32,660 |
18,988 |
7,010 |
25,998 |
A- to A+ |
21,427 |
529 |
21,956 |
22,342 |
7,917 |
30,259 |
BBB- to BBB+ |
9,230 |
5,426 |
14,656 |
7,778 |
4,678 |
12,456 |
Lower than BBB- |
1,647 |
693 |
2,340 |
3,225 |
823 |
4,048 |
Unrated |
7,335 |
1,012 |
8,347 |
8,812 |
1,714 |
10,526 |
|
94,513 |
26,265 |
120,778 |
83,365 |
25,750 |
109,115 |
|
94,696 |
26,265 |
120,961 |
83,623 |
25,750 |
109,373 |
Of which: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets at fair value1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading |
19,282 |
3,307 |
22,589 |
13,516 |
3,380 |
16,896 |
Designated at fair value |
- |
- |
- |
368 |
- |
368 |
Available-for-sale |
72,792 |
22,928 |
95,720 |
65,793 |
22,370 |
88,163 |
|
92,074 |
26,235 |
118,309 |
79,677 |
25,750 |
105,427 |
Assets at amortised cost1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and receivables |
2,556 |
- |
2,556 |
3,946 |
- |
3,946 |
Held-to-maturity |
66 |
30 |
96 |
- |
- |
- |
|
2,622 |
30 |
2,652 |
3,946 |
- |
3,946 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94,696 |
26,265 |
120,961 |
83,623 |
25,750 |
109,373 |
Debt securities and treasury bills continued |
|
||||||||
|
|
31.12.13 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
Debt securities |
Treasury bills |
Total |
|
||
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|||
Net impaired securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Impaired securities |
|
|
|
389 |
- |
389 |
|
||
Impairment |
|
|
|
(204) |
- |
(204) |
|
||
|
|
|
|
185 |
- |
185 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Securities neither past due nor impaired: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
AAA |
|
|
|
23,772 |
4,455 |
28,227 |
|
||
AA- to AA+ |
|
|
|
23,274 |
19,226 |
42,500 |
|
||
A- to A+ |
|
|
|
21,392 |
1,087 |
22,479 |
|
||
BBB- to BBB+ |
|
|
|
5,913 |
4,238 |
10,151 |
|
||
Lower than BBB- |
|
|
|
3,293 |
898 |
4,191 |
|
||
Unrated |
|
|
|
8,244 |
1,500 |
9,744 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
85,888 |
31,404 |
117,292 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
86,073 |
31,404 |
117,477 |
|
||
Of which: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Assets at fair value1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Trading |
|
|
|
12,407 |
5,161 |
17,568 |
|
||
Designated at fair value |
|
|
|
292 |
- |
292 |
|
||
Available-for-sale |
|
|
|
70,546 |
26,243 |
96,789 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
83,245 |
31,404 |
114,649 |
|
||
Assets at amortised cost1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Loans and receivables |
|
|
|
2,828 |
- |
2,828 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
2,828 |
- |
2,828 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
86,073 |
31,404 |
117,477 |
|
||
|
1 |
See note 12, 13 and 17 of the financial statements for further details |
|||||||
The above table analyses debt securities and treasury bills that are neither past due nor impaired by external credit rating. The standard credit ratings used by the Group are those used by Standard & Poor's or their equivalent. Debt securities held that have a short-term rating are reported against the long-term rating of the issuer. For securities that are unrated, the Group applies an internal credit rating as described under credit rating and measurements on page 34.
Debt securities in the AAA rating category increased by $11 billion to $35 billion in June 2014 mainly due to an increase in higher quality corporate bonds in Hong Kong and Singapore. This was offset by low level of AAA trading business as funds were deployed into higher quality assets in Singapore and as part of the restructuring of the balance sheet in Korea.
Debt securities in the BBB rating category increased by $4.5 billion in June 2014. The increase is mainly in India due to investment in government securities which are currently rated as BBB-.
Unrated securities primarily relate to corporate issuers. Using internal credit ratings $7,877 million (30 June 2013: $9,278 million, 31 December 2013: $9,275 million) of these securities are considered to be equivalent to investment grade.
Asset backed securities |
|
|||||||||
Total exposures to asset backed securities |
|
|||||||||
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
|
|||||||
|
Percentage |
|
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
|
|
|
|
of notional |
|
Carrying |
Fair |
of notional |
|
Carrying |
Fair |
|
|
|
value of |
Notional |
value |
value1 |
value of |
Notional |
value |
value1 |
|
|
|
portfolio |
$million |
$million |
$million |
portfolio |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|
Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (RMBS) |
43% |
3,658 |
3,667 |
3,665 |
46% |
3095 |
3060 |
3067 |
|
|
Collateralised Debt Obligations (CDOs) |
1% |
108 |
76 |
79 |
4% |
241 |
185 |
205 |
|
|
Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities (CMBS) |
5% |
472 |
398 |
396 |
7% |
440 |
329 |
333 |
|
|
Other Asset Backed Securities (Other ABS) |
51% |
4,347 |
4,350 |
4,352 |
43% |
2,851 |
2,831 |
2,845 |
|
|
|
100% |
8,585 |
8,491 |
8,492 |
100% |
6,627 |
6,405 |
6,450 |
|
|
Of which included within: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss |
5% |
413 |
413 |
413 |
3% |
173 |
173 |
173 |
|
|
Investment securities - available-for-sale |
83% |
7,099 |
7,027 |
7,027 |
74% |
4,962 |
4,854 |
4,854 |
|
|
Investment securities - loans and receivables |
12% |
1,073 |
1,051 |
1,052 |
23% |
1,492 |
1,378 |
1,423 |
|
|
|
100% |
8,585 |
8,491 |
8,492 |
100% |
6,627 |
6,405 |
6,450 |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
31.12.13 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of notional |
|
Carrying |
Fair |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value of |
Notional |
value |
value1 |
|
|
|
|
|
portfolio |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|||
Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (RMBS) |
|
|
|
|
46% |
3,059 |
3,052 |
3,045 |
|
|
Collateralised Debt Obligations (CDOs) |
|
|
|
|
3% |
223 |
181 |
190 |
|
|
Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities (CMBS) |
|
|
|
|
5% |
321 |
242 |
235 |
|
|
Other Asset Backed Securities (Other ABS) |
|
|
|
|
46% |
3,126 |
3,081 |
3,124 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% |
6,729 |
6,556 |
6,594 |
|
|
Of which included within: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss |
|
|
|
2% |
158 |
158 |
158 |
|
||
Investment securities - available-for-sale |
|
|
|
|
79% |
5,295 |
5,202 |
5,202 |
|
|
Investment securities - loans and receivables |
|
|
|
|
19% |
1,276 |
1,196 |
1,234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100% |
6,729 |
6,556 |
6,594 |
|
|
1 |
Fair value reflects the value of the entire portfolio, including assets redesignated to loans and receivables |
|||||||||
The carrying value of Asset Backed Securities (ABS) represents 1 per cent (30 June 2013: 1 per cent, 31 December 2013: 1 per cent) of our total assets.
The Group has an existing portfolio of ABS which it reclassified from trading and available-for-sale to loans and receivables with effect from 1 July 2008. No assets have been reclassified since 2008.This portfolio has been gradually managed down since 2010. The carrying value and fair value for this part of the portfolio were $409 million and $436 million respectively as at 30 June 2014 (31 December 2013: $614 million and $647 million respectively). Note 12 to the financial statements provide details of the remaining balance of those assets reclassified in 2008.
The Group has also extended its investment to a limited amount of trading in ABS and has also acquired an additional $1.9 billion of ABS during the first half of 2014 for liquidity reasons.
This is classified as available-for-sale and primarily related to high quality RMBS assets with an average credit grade of AAA. The credit quality of the asset backed securities portfolio remains strong. With the exception of those securities subject to an impairment charge, over 95 per cent of the overall portfolio is rated A- or better, and 80 per cent of the overall portfolio is rated as AAA. The portfolio is broadly diversified across asset classes and geographies, with an average credit grade of AA.
The decline in the bank's legacy portfolios and significant increase in asset purchases for liquidity reasons in the available-for-sale book makes the fair value of the entire portfolio similar to the carrying value.
Asset backed securities continued |
||||
Financial statement impact of asset backed securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available- for-sale |
|
|
|
|
$million |
Six months to 30 June 2014 |
|
|
|
|
Credit to available-for-sale reserves |
|
|
|
31 |
Credit to the profit and loss account |
|
|
|
1 |
Six months to 30 June 2013 |
|
|
|
|
Credit to available-for-sale reserves |
|
|
|
24 |
Charge to the profit and loss account |
|
|
|
(3) |
Six months to 31 December 2013 |
|
|
|
|
Charge to available-for-sale reserves |
|
|
|
2 |
Charge to the profit and loss account |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
Selected European country exposures
The following tables summarise the Group's direct exposure (both on and off balance sheet) to certain specific countries within the eurozone that have been identified on the basis of their higher bond yields, higher sovereign debt to GDP ratio and external credit ratings compared with the rest of the eurozone.
Total gross exposure represents the amount outstanding on the balance sheet (including any accrued interest but before provisions) and positive mark-to-market amounts on derivatives before netting. To the extent gross exposure does not represent the maximum exposure to loss this is disclosed separately. Exposures are assigned to a country based on the country of incorporation of the counterparty as at 30 June 2014.
The Group has no direct sovereign exposure (as defined by the European Banking Authority) to the eurozone countries of Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (GIIPS) and only $0.4 billion direct sovereign exposure to other eurozone countries. The Group's non-sovereign exposure to GIIPS is $2.2 billion ($1.9 billion after collateral and netting) and $30.2 billion ($17.7 billion after collateral and netting) to the remainder of the eurozone. This exposure primarily consists of balances with corporates. The substantial majority of the Group's total gross GIIPS exposure has a tenor of less than five years, with
approximately 26 per cent having a tenor of less than one year. The Group has no direct sovereign exposure and $164 million (30 June 2013: $272 million, 31 December 2013: $260 million) of non-sovereign exposure (after collateral and netting) to Cyprus.
The exit of one or more countries from the eurozone or ultimately its dissolution could potentially lead to significant market dislocation, the extent of which is difficult to predict. Any such exit or dissolution, and the redenomination of formerly euro-denominated rights and obligations in replacement national currencies would cause significant uncertainty in any exiting country, whether sovereign or otherwise. Such events are also likely to be accompanied by the imposition of capital, exchange and similar controls. While the Group has limited eurozone exposure as disclosed above, the Group's earnings could be impacted by the general market disruption if such events should occur. We monitor the situation closely and we have prepared contingency plans to respond to a range of potential scenarios, including the possibility of currency redenomination. Local assets and liability positions are carefully monitored by in-country asset and liability and risk committees with appropriate oversight by GALCO and GRC at the Group level.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selected European country exposures continued |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Country |
Greece |
Ireland |
Italy |
Portugal |
Spain |
Total |
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|
As at 30 June 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct sovereign exposure |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
|
Banks |
- |
- |
720 |
- |
385 |
1,105 |
|
|
Other financial institutions |
- |
842 |
4 |
- |
- |
846 |
|
|
Other corporate |
7 |
172 |
40 |
- |
74 |
293 |
|
|
Total gross exposure |
7 |
1,014 |
764 |
- |
459 |
2,244 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct sovereign exposure |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
|
Banks |
- |
- |
(50) |
- |
(164) |
(214) |
|
|
Other financial institutions |
- |
(90) |
(4) |
- |
- |
(94) |
|
|
Other corporate |
(1) |
(27) |
(6) |
- |
(20) |
(54) |
|
|
Total collateral/netting |
(1) |
(117) |
(60) |
- |
(184) |
(362) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct sovereign exposure |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
|
Banks |
- |
- |
670 |
- |
221 |
891 |
|
|
Other financial institutions |
- |
7521 |
- |
- |
- |
752 |
|
|
Other corporate |
6 |
145 |
34 |
- |
54 |
239 |
|
|
Total net exposure at 30 June 2014 |
6 |
897 |
704 |
- |
275 |
1,882 |
|
|
Total net exposure at 30 June 2013 |
22 |
1,608 |
1,002 |
19 |
134 |
2,785 |
|
|
Total net exposure at 31 December 2013 |
14 |
950 |
741 |
- |
284 |
1,989 |
|
|
1 |
This represents a single exposure which is part of a wider structured finance transaction and is unaffected by Irish economic risk |
|||||||
Of the $1,882 million (30 June 2013: $2,785 million; 31 December 2013: $1,989 million) net exposure at 30 June 2014, $1,609 million (30 June 2013: $2,125 million; 31 December 2013: $1,508 million) relate to contingent liabilities and commitments with the balance largely in loans and advances and debt securities.
Other selected eurozone countries
A summary analysis of the Group's exposure to France, Germany, the Netherlands and Luxembourg is also provided as these countries are considered to have significant sovereign debt exposure to GIIPS.
|
|
||||
|
France |
Germany |
Netherlands |
Luxembourg |
Total |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
Direct sovereign exposure |
1 |
167 |
- |
- |
911 |
Banks |
2,861 |
1,755 |
747 |
1,544 |
6,164 |
Other financial institutions |
62 |
275 |
84 |
286 |
707 |
Other corporate |
1,217 |
711 |
4,421 |
743 |
7,092 |
Total net exposure at 30 June 2014 |
4,141 |
2,908 |
5,252 |
2,573 |
14,874 |
Total net exposure at 30 June 2013 |
4,687 |
4,586 |
7,880 |
1,987 |
19,140 |
Total net exposure at 31 December 2013 |
4,516 |
5,390 |
7,735 |
1,916 |
19,557 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group's lending to these selected eurozone countries primarily takes the form of repurchase agreements, inter-bank loans and bonds. The substantial majority of the Group's total gross exposures to these selected countries have a tenor of less than three years, with over 50 per cent having a tenor of less than one year.
The Group's exposure in Germany is primarily with the central bank. Other than all these specifically identified countries, the Group's residual net exposure to the eurozone is $3.2 billion, which primarily comprises bonds and export structured financing to banks and corporates.
Country cross-border risk
Country cross-border risk is the risk that we will be unable to obtain payment from our customers or third parties on their contractual obligations as a result of certain actions taken by foreign governments, chiefly relating to convertibility and transferability of foreign currency.
The GRC is responsible for our country cross-border risk limits and delegates the setting and management of country limits to the Group Country Risk function. The business and country chief executive officers manage exposures within these limits and policies. Countries designated as higher risk are subject to increased central monitoring.
Cross-border assets comprise loans and advances, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, trade and other bills, acceptances, amounts receivable under finance leases, derivatives, certificates of deposit and other negotiable paper, investment securities and formal commitments where the counterparty is resident in a country other than where the assets are recorded. Cross-border assets also include exposures to local residents denominated in currencies other than the local currency. Cross-border exposure also includes the value of commodity, aircraft and shipping assets owned by the Group that are held in a given country.
The profile of our country cross-border exposures as at 30 June 2014 remained consistent with our strategic focus on core franchise countries, and with the scale of the larger markets that we operate in. Changes in the pace of economic activity had an impact on growth of cross-border exposure for certain territories.
Steady progress in the internationalisation of the renminbi contributed to the growth in cross-border exposure to China. Increased short-term country cross-border exposure to China during 2014 reflects increased exposure to Chinese banks through trade finance and liquidity management activity, and an expansion of our corporate client base.
India remains a core territory for the Group where our competitive advantage positions us to offer US dollar facilities in
the domestic market, and to facilitate overseas investment and trade flows supported by parent companies in India.
Reported increase in short term cross-border exposure to Hong Kong and Singapore reflects growth in trade finance and short-term lending to Corporate and Private Banking clients.
Malaysia benefited from an increase in trade finance activity amidst rising intra-region trade flows with ASEAN member countries, China and India. Higher short-dated cross-border exposure to Malaysia and Taiwan during 2014 is also representative of interbank money market positions booked offshore and liquidity management activity.
Growth in short-term cross-border activity in Indonesia was attributable to an expansion of the corporate client base, and growth in international trade finance. The country cross-border exposure to Indonesia arising from Permata, a joint venture in which the Group holds 44.56 per cent, is counted at the value of the Group's equity in the joint venture.
Cross-border exposure to the United Arab Emirates decreased slightly during 2014, due to a decrease in trade financing transactions and longer term exposures arising from financial markets activity. The decrease in cross-border exposure to Brazil is attributable to a moderation in economic growth, and slowing trade and investment flows with our core markets.
The growth in exposure to Nigeria is primarily driven by project financing and foreign currency funding of Nigerian corporate and institutional clients.
Cross-border exposure to countries in which we do not have a major presence predominantly relates to short-dated money market treasury activities, which can change significantly from period to period. Exposure also represents global corporate business for customers with interests in our footprint. This explains our significant exposure in the US and Australia.
The table below, which is based on our internal cross-border country risk reporting requirements, shows cross-border exposures that exceed one per cent of total assets:
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
|
|||||||
|
Less than one year |
More than one year |
Total |
Less than one year |
More than one year |
Total |
Less than one year |
More than one year |
Total |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
China |
42,916 |
15,338 |
58,254 |
31,605 |
13,266 |
44,871 |
32,220 |
14,449 |
46,669 |
|
|
Hong Kong |
24,763 |
8,108 |
32,871 |
22,696 |
7,264 |
29,960 |
21,164 |
8,210 |
29,374 |
|
|
India |
11,587 |
15,728 |
27,315 |
13,655 |
18,585 |
32,240 |
12,566 |
18,295 |
30,861 |
|
|
Singapore |
21,581 |
5,519 |
27,100 |
17,354 |
4,958 |
22,312 |
19,328 |
5,749 |
25,077 |
|
|
US |
17,505 |
7,074 |
24,579 |
20,672 |
6,421 |
27,093 |
19,001 |
7,287 |
26,288 |
|
|
Korea |
9,118 |
7,026 |
16,144 |
10,576 |
6,670 |
17,246 |
9,093 |
7,415 |
16,508 |
|
|
United Arab Emirates |
6,074 |
9,524 |
15,598 |
6,156 |
10,842 |
16,998 |
6,281 |
10,997 |
17,278 |
|
|
Indonesia |
4,503 |
4,368 |
8,871 |
3,603 |
4,295 |
7,898 |
3,959 |
4,958 |
8,917 |
|
|
Malaysia |
4,503 |
3,393 |
7,896 |
3,089 |
2,856 |
5,945 |
3,878 |
3,396 |
7,274 |
|
|
Nigeria |
2,824 |
4,921 |
7,745 |
2,191 |
2,627 |
4,818 |
2,318 |
4,072 |
6,390 |
|
|
Taiwan |
6,770 |
508 |
7,278 |
2,606 |
635 |
3,241 |
5,091 |
808 |
5,899 |
|
|
Brazil |
5,250 |
1,942 |
7,192 |
4,829 |
2,044 |
6,873 |
6,175 |
2,002 |
8,177 |
|
|
Australia |
1,345 |
5,780 |
7,125 |
1,621 |
5,528 |
7,149 |
1,943 |
5,919 |
7,862 |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Market risk
We recognise market risk as the potential for loss of earnings or economic value due to adverse changes in financial market rates or prices. Our exposure to market risk arises principally from client-driven transactions. The objective of our market risk policies and processes is to obtain the best balance of risk and return whilst meeting clients' requirements.
The primary categories of market risk for Standard Chartered are:
• interest rate risk: arising from changes in yield curves, credit spreads and implied volatilities on interest rate options;
• currency exchange rate risk: arising from changes in exchange rates and implied volatilities on foreign exchange options;
• commodity price risk: arising from changes in commodity prices and commodity option implied volatilities; covering energy, precious metals, base metals and agriculture;
• equity price risk: arising from changes in the prices of equities, equity indices, equity baskets and implied volatilities on related options.
Market risk governance
The GRC approves our overall market risk VaR and stress loss triggers taking account of market volatility, the range of products and asset classes, business volumes and transaction sizes.
The Market and Traded Credit Risk Committee (MTCRC), under authority ultimately delegated by the GRC, is responsible for setting business desk level VaR and stress loss triggers for market risk within the levels set by GRC. The MTCRC is also responsible for policies and other standards for the control of market risk and overseeing their effective implementation. These policies cover both trading and non-trading books of the Group.
The Market and Traded Credit Risk function (MTCR) approves the limits within delegated authorities and monitors exposures against these limits. Additional limits are placed on specific instruments and position concentrations where appropriate. Sensitivity measures are used in addition to VaR as risk management tools. For example, interest rate sensitivity is measured in terms of exposure to a one basis point increase in yields, whereas foreign exchange, commodity and equity sensitivities are measured in terms of the underlying values or amounts involved. Option risks are controlled through revaluation limits on underlying price and volatility shifts, limits on volatility risk and other variables that determine the option's value.
Value at Risk
We measure the risk of losses arising from future potential adverse movements in market rates, prices and volatilities using a VaR methodology. VaR, in general, is a quantitative measure of market risk that applies recent historical market conditions to estimate the potential future loss in market value that will not be exceeded in a set time period at a set statistical confidence level. VaR provides a consistent measure that can be applied across trading businesses and products over time and can be set against actual daily trading profit and loss outcome.
VaR is calculated for expected movements over a minimum of one business day and to a confidence level of 97.5 per cent. This confidence level suggests that potential daily losses, in excess of the VaR measure, are likely to be experienced six times per year.
We apply two VaR methodologies:
• Historical simulation: involves the revaluation of all existing positions to reflect the effect of historically observed changes in market risk factors on the valuation of the current portfolio. This approach is applied for general market risk factors and from the fourth quarter of 2012 has been extended to cover also the majority of specific (credit spread) risk VaR.
• Monte Carlo simulation: this methodology is similar to historical simulation but with considerably more input risk factor observations. These are generated by random sampling techniques, but the results retain the essential variability and correlations of historically observed risk factor changes. This approach is now applied for some of the specific (credit spread) risk VaR in relation to idiosyncratic exposures in credit markets.
In both methods an historical observation period of one year is chosen and applied.
VaR is calculated as our exposure as at the close of business, generally UK time. Intra-day risk levels may vary from those reported at the end of the day.
A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR or cannot be appropriately captured by VaR. This is recognised through a Risks-not-in-VaR framework which estimates these risks and applies capital add-ons.
Back testing
To assess their predictive power, VaR models are back tested against actual results. In the first half of 2014 there were three exceptions in the regulatory back testing (one during all of 2013). This is within the 'green zone' applied internationally to internal models by bank supervisors. Two of the exceptions arose from monthly or quarterly valuation adjustments which were applied on a single day creating a large daily income movement. The other exception arose on a day when there was exceptional volatility in the Chinese Renminbi foreign exchange market. This exception followed intervention by the People's Bank of China to widen the Renminbi trading band.
Stress testing
Losses beyond the 97.5 per cent confidence interval are not captured by a VaR calculation, which therefore gives no indication of the size of unexpected losses in these situations.
MTCR complements the VaR measurement by weekly stress testing of market risk exposures to highlight the potential risk that may arise from extreme market events that are rare but plausible.
Stress testing is an integral part of the market risk management framework and considers both historical market events and forward-looking scenarios. A consistent stress testing methodology is applied to trading and non-trading books. The stress testing methodology assumes that scope for management action would be limited during a stress event, reflecting the decrease in market liquidity that often occurs.
Stress scenarios are regularly updated to reflect changes in risk profile and economic events. MTCRC review stress exposures and, where necessary, enforcing reductions in overall market risk exposure. The GRC considers the results of stress tests as part of its supervision of risk appetite.
Regular stress test scenarios are applied to interest rates, credit spreads, exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. This covers all asset classes in the Financial Markets banking and trading books.
Ad hoc scenarios are also prepared reflecting specific market conditions and for particular concentrations of risk that arise within the business.
Market risk changes
The average levels of Total VaR and Non-trading VaR at 30 June 2014 (H1 2014) were 8 per cent and 7 per cent higher respectively than in the six months to 31 December 2013 (H2 2013). However, compared to H1 2013 they were 38 per cent and 35 per cent higher respectively. The rise was primarily due to increased market volatility following comments by the US Federal Reserve chairman on 22 May 2013 that the US Federal Reserve was considering tapering its quantitative easing programme. This volatility has been reflected in the VaR one year
historical observation period through H2 2013 and most of H1 2014. Looking forward to the second half of 2014, if positions and market volatility continue in line with H1 2014, the VaR can be expected to fall as the volatility observed in 2013 drops out of the VaR one year historical period.
Average VaR for the Trading Book in 2014 H1 was 21 per cent higher than in 2013 H2 and 11 per cent higher than in 2013 H1, driven by Rates and Credit Trading business activities in June.
Daily value at risk (VaR at 97.5%, one day) |
|
|||||||||
|
6 months to 30.06.14 |
6 months to 30.06.13 |
|
|||||||
|
Average |
High4 |
Low4 |
Actual5 |
Average |
High4 |
Low4 |
Actual5 |
|
|
Trading and Non-trading |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|
Interest rate risk2 |
28.9 |
36.8 |
21.2 |
26.9 |
27.3 |
31.6 |
18.26 |
30.5 |
|
|
Foreign exchange risk |
3.5 |
5.9 |
2.2 |
4.9 |
4.4 |
7.6 |
3.0 |
3.8 |
|
|
Commodity risk |
1.6 |
2.9 |
1.2 |
1.3 |
1.5 |
2.3 |
1.0 |
1.2 |
|
|
Equity risk |
19.1 |
20.0 |
17.8 |
18.0 |
15.8 |
18.2 |
13.0 |
14.9 |
|
|
Total3 |
39.7 |
47.4 |
31.5 |
37.8 |
28.7 |
39.6 |
22.1 |
39.6 |
|
|
|
|
6 months to 31.12.13 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
High4 |
Low4 |
Actual5 |
|
|
Trading and Non-trading |
|
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|
Interest rate risk2 |
|
|
|
|
27.0 |
37.4 |
22.5 |
23.3 |
|
|
Foreign exchange risk |
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
7.0 |
2.3 |
7.0 |
|
|
Commodity risk |
|
|
|
|
1.5 |
2.6 |
0.9 |
1.5 |
|
|
Equity risk |
|
|
|
|
15.0 |
18.4 |
14.0 |
18.3 |
|
|
Total3 |
|
|
|
|
36.9 |
44.8 |
27.1 |
38.5 |
|
|
|
6 months to 30.06.14 |
6 months to 30.06.13 |
|
|||||||
|
Average |
High4 |
Low4 |
Actual5 |
Average |
High4 |
Low4 |
Actual5 |
|
|
Trading1 |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|
Interest rate risk2 |
10.8 |
21.3 |
7.0 |
21.3 |
9.4 |
11.9 |
6.5 |
8.1 |
|
|
Foreign exchange risk |
3.5 |
5.9 |
2.2 |
4.9 |
4.4 |
7.6 |
3.0 |
3.8 |
|
|
Commodity risk |
1.6 |
2.9 |
1.2 |
1.3 |
1.5 |
2.3 |
1.0 |
1.2 |
|
|
Equity risk |
1.6 |
2.4 |
1.3 |
1.4 |
1.7 |
2.1 |
1.3 |
1.7 |
|
|
Total3 |
11.4 |
20.8 |
7.9 |
20.2 |
10.2 |
13.3 |
8.0 |
9.7 |
|
|
|
|
6 months to 31.12.13 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
High4 |
Low4 |
Actual5 |
|
|
Trading1 |
|
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|
Interest rate risk2 |
|
|
|
|
8.8 |
15.0 |
6.7 |
8.1 |
|
|
Foreign exchange risk |
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
7.0 |
2.3 |
7.0 |
|
|
Commodity risk |
|
|
|
|
1.5 |
2.6 |
0.9 |
1.5 |
|
|
Equity risk |
|
|
|
|
1.4 |
1.9 |
1.1 |
1.8 |
|
|
Total3 |
|
|
|
|
9.4 |
14.9 |
7.3 |
9.1 |
|
|
1 |
Trading book for market risk was defined in accordance with the relevant section of the PRA Handbook's Prudential Sourcebook for Banks, Building Societies and Investment Firms (BIPRU). On 1 January 2014 this regulation was superseded by the EU Capital Requirements Regulation (CRDIV/CRR). The PRA permits only certain types of financial instruments or arrangements to be included within the trading book, so this regulatory definition is narrower than the accounting definition of the trading book within IAS39 'Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement' |
|||||||||
2 3 |
Interest rate risk VaR includes credit spread risk arising from securities held for trading or available-for-sale The total VaR shown in the tables above is not a sum of the component risks due to offsets between them |
|||||||||
4 5 |
Highest and lowest VaR for each risk factor are independent and usually occur on different days Actual one day VaR at period end date |
|||||||||
6 |
The H1 2013 balance has been restated at a lower level, because the Non-trading book Interest Rate VaR for two days in June 2013 was over-stated. This was restated correctly in the FY 2013 disclosure. In the H1 2013 disclosure the Total trading and Non-trading book Interest Rate VaR was reported as $22.1 million |
|||||||||
Market risk continued
|
6 months to 30.06.14 |
6 months to 30.06.13 |
|
|||||||
|
Average |
High4 |
Low4 |
Actual5 |
Average |
High4 |
Low4 |
Actual5 |
|
|
Non-trading |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|
Interest rate risk2 |
23.8 |
27.4 |
18.9 |
19.0 |
24.3 |
27.7 |
16.96 |
26.1 |
|
|
Equity risk |
17.9 |
19.1 |
16.4 |
17.5 |
15.3 |
17.6 |
12.4 |
14.5 |
|
|
Total3 |
34.8 |
39.0 |
25.9 |
26.2 |
25.8 |
33.7 |
19.6 |
33.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months to 31.12.13 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
High4 |
Low4 |
Actual5 |
|
|
Non-trading |
|
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|
Interest rate risk2 |
|
|
|
|
25.2 |
34.3 |
18.8 |
22.1 |
|
|
Equity risk |
|
|
|
|
14.5 |
17.4 |
13.4 |
17.4 |
|
|
Total3 |
|
|
|
|
32.5 |
34.9 |
29.2 |
32.7 |
|
|
The following table sets out how trading and non-trading VaR is distributed across the Group's products: |
|
|||||||||
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
|
|||||||
|
Average |
High3 |
Low3 |
Actual4 |
Average |
High3 |
Low3 |
Actual4 |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Trading and Non-trading |
39.7 |
47.4 |
31.5 |
37.8 |
28.7 |
39.6 |
22.1 |
39.6 |
|
|
Trading1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rates |
6.9 |
13.7 |
3.8 |
12.7 |
6.4 |
7.7 |
5.0 |
5.6 |
|
|
Global Foreign Exchange |
3.5 |
5.9 |
2.2 |
4.9 |
4.4 |
7.6 |
3.0 |
3.8 |
|
|
Credit Trading & Capital Markets |
4.3 |
8.2 |
3.1 |
6.3 |
3.1 |
3.7 |
2.5 |
2.9 |
|
|
Commodities |
1.6 |
2.9 |
1.2 |
1.3 |
1.5 |
2.3 |
1.0 |
1.2 |
|
|
Equities |
1.6 |
2.4 |
1.3 |
1.4 |
1.7 |
2.1 |
1.3 |
1.7 |
|
|
Total3 |
11.4 |
20.8 |
7.9 |
20.2 |
10.2 |
13.3 |
8.0 |
9.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-trading |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset & Liability Management |
23.3 |
26.6 |
19.0 |
19.0 |
19.9 |
23.1 |
17.1 |
22.0 |
|
|
Other Financial Markets non-trading book |
1.2 |
1.5 |
1.1 |
1.2 |
2.0 |
2.4 |
1.2 |
1.3 |
|
|
Listed private equity |
17.9 |
19.1 |
16.4 |
17.5 |
15.3 |
17.6 |
12.4 |
14.5 |
|
|
Total3 |
34.8 |
39.0 |
25.9 |
26.2 |
25.8 |
33.7 |
19.6 |
33.7 |
|
|
|
|
31.12.13 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
High3 |
Low3 |
Actual4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Trading and Non-trading 3 |
|
|
|
|
36.9 |
44.8 |
27.1 |
38.5 |
|
|
Trading1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rates |
|
|
|
|
6.3 |
12.2 |
3.5 |
5.5 |
|
|
Global Foreign Exchange |
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
7.0 |
2.3 |
7.0 |
|
|
Credit Trading & Capital Markets |
|
|
|
|
3.0 |
4.3 |
2.2 |
3.4 |
|
|
Commodities |
|
|
|
|
1.5 |
2.6 |
0.9 |
1.5 |
|
|
Equities |
|
|
|
|
1.4 |
1.9 |
1.1 |
1.8 |
|
|
Total3 |
|
|
|
|
9.4 |
14.9 |
7.3 |
9.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-trading |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset & Liability Management |
|
|
|
|
24.5 |
33.9 |
18.7 |
21.2 |
|
|
Other Financial Markets non-trading book |
|
|
|
1.3 |
1.5 |
1.0 |
1.3 |
|
||
Listed private equity |
|
|
|
|
14.5 |
17.4 |
13.4 |
17.4 |
|
|
Total3 |
|
|
|
|
32.5 |
34.9 |
29.2 |
32.7 |
|
|
1 |
Trading book for market risk was defined in accordance with the relevant section of the PRA Handbook's Prudential Sourcebook for Banks, Building Societies and Investment Firms (BIPRU). On 1 January 2014 this regulation was superseded by the EU Capital Requirements Regulation (CRDIV/CRR). The PRA permits only certain types of financial instruments or arrangements to be included within the trading book, so this regulatory definition is narrower than the accounting definition of the trading book within IAS39 'Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement' |
|||||||||
2 |
Interest rate risk VaR includes credit spread risk arising from securities held for trading or available-for-sale |
|||||||||
3 |
The total VaR shown in the tables above is not a sum of the component risks due to offsets between them |
|||||||||
4 5 |
Highest and lowest VaR for each risk factor are independent and usually occur on different days Actual one day VaR at year end date |
|||||||||
6 |
The H1 2013 balance has been restated at a lower level, because the Non-trading book Interest Rate VaR for two days in June 2013 was over-stated. This was restated correctly in the FY 2013 disclosure. In the H1 2013 disclosure the Total trading and Non-trading book Interest Rate VaR was reported as $22.1 million |
|||||||||
Average daily income earned from market risk related activities1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Trading |
6 months to 30.06.14 |
6 months to 30.06.13 |
6 months to 31.12.13 |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Interest rate risk2 |
4.3 |
5.8 |
3.6 |
|
|
Foreign exchange risk |
5.1 |
6.7 |
4.4 |
|
|
Commodity risk |
1.5 |
1.8 |
1.2 |
|
|
Equity risk |
0.6 |
0.5 |
0.5 |
|
|
Total |
11.5 |
14.8 |
9.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Trading |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate risk |
3.9 |
3.1 |
2.5 |
|
|
Equity risk |
0.3 |
- |
1.0 |
|
|
Total |
4.2 |
3.1 |
3.5 |
|
|
1
2 |
Reflects total product income which is the sum of Client Income and Own Account Income. Includes elements of Trading Income, Interest Income and Other Income which are generated from market risk related activities 2013 comparatives have been restated to exclude certain fee income attributed to the trading book |
||||
Financial Markets loss days
Financial Markets trading book total product income reported no loss days in H1 2014 (one in H1 2013; two in H2 2013).
Market risk VaR coverage
Interest rate risk from non-trading book portfolios is transferred to Financial Markets where it is managed by local ALM desks under the supervision of local Asset and Liability Committees (ALCO). ALM deals in the market in approved financial instruments in order to manage the net interest rate risk, subject to approved VaR and risk limits.
VaR and stress tests are therefore applied to these non-trading book exposures (except Group Treasury, see below) in the same way as for the trading book, including available-for-sale securities. Securities classed as Loans and Receivables or Held to maturity are not reflected in VaR or stress tests since they are accounted on an amortised cost basis, so market price movements have limited effect on either profit and loss or reserves.
Structural foreign exchange currency risks are managed by Group Treasury, as described below, and are not included within Group VaR. Otherwise, the non-trading book does not run open foreign exchange positions.
Equity risk relating to non-listed Private Equity and Strategic Investments is not included within the VaR. It is separately managed through delegated limits for both investment and divestment, and is also subject to regular review by an investment committee. These are included as Level 3 assets as disclosed in note 12 to the financial statements.
Group Treasury market risk
Group Treasury raises debt and equity capital and the proceeds are invested within the Group as capital or placed with ALM. Interest rate risk arises due to the investment of equity and reserves into rate-sensitive assets, as well as some tenor mismatches between debt issuance and placements. This risk is measured as the impact on net interest income (NII) of an unexpected and instantaneous adverse parallel shift in rates and is monitored over a rolling one-year time horizon (see table below).
This risk is monitored and controlled by the Group's Capital Management Committee (CMC).
Group Treasury NII sensitivity to parallel shifts in yield curves
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
+25 basis points |
34.5 |
32.0 |
33.9 |
-25 basis points |
(34.5) |
(32.0) |
(33.9) |
|
|
|
|
NII sensitivity has increased as Group capital investment in branches and subsidiaries has increased.
Group Treasury also manages the structural foreign exchange risk that arises from non-US dollar currency net investments in branches and subsidiaries. The impact of foreign exchange movements is taken to reserves which form part of the capital base. The effect of exchange rate movements on the capital ratio is partially mitigated by the fact that both the value of these investments and the risk weighted assets in those currencies follow broadly the same exchange rate movements. With the approval of CMC, Group Treasury may hedge the net investments if it is anticipated that the capital ratio will be materially affected by exchange rate movements. As at 30 June 2014, the Group had taken net investment hedges (using a combination of derivative and non-derivative financial investments) of $1,048 million (30 June 2013: $1,341 million, 31 December 2013: $1,280 million) to partly cover its exposure to Korean won.
The table below sets out the principal structural foreign exchange exposures (net of investment hedges) of the Group:
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
Hong Kong dollar |
7,651 |
7,207 |
7,079 |
Korean won |
5,523 |
5,522 |
5,194 |
Indian rupee |
4,405 |
4,036 |
3,793 |
Taiwanese dollar |
2,874 |
2,797 |
2,853 |
Chinese renminbi |
3,492 |
2,943 |
3,084 |
Singapore dollar |
3,011 |
947 |
2,925 |
Thai baht |
1,624 |
1,666 |
1,640 |
UAE dirham |
1,671 |
1,641 |
1,766 |
Malaysian ringgit |
1,749 |
1,519 |
1,650 |
Indonesian rupiah |
1,146 |
1,023 |
993 |
Pakistani rupee |
562 |
555 |
530 |
Other |
3,876 |
3,803 |
4,010 |
|
37,584 |
33,659 |
35,517 |
An analysis has been performed on these exposures to assess the impact of a one per cent fall in the US dollar exchange rates adjusted to incorporate the impacts of correlations of these currencies to the US dollar. The impact on the positions above would be an increase of $275 million (30 June 2013: $244 million; 31 December 2013: $247 million). Changes in the valuation of these positions are taken to reserves.
Derivatives
Derivatives are contracts with characteristics and value derived from underlying financial instruments, interest and exchange rates or indices. They include futures, forwards, swaps and options transactions. Derivatives are an important risk management tool for banks and their clients because they can be used to manage market price risk. The market risk of derivatives is managed in essentially the same way as other traded products.
Our derivative transactions are principally in instruments where the mark-to-market values are readily determinable by reference to independent prices and valuation quotes.
We enter into derivative contracts in the normal course of business to meet client requirements and to manage our exposure to fluctuations in market price movements.
Derivatives are carried at fair value and shown in the balance sheet as separate totals of assets and liabilities. Recognition of fair value gains and losses depends on whether the derivatives are classified as trading or held for hedging purposes.
The credit risk arising from all financial derivatives is managed as part of the overall lending limits to financial institutions and corporate clients. This is covered in more detail in the Credit risk section (see page 40).
Hedging
Countries within the Group use futures, forwards, swaps and options transactions primarily to mitigate interest and foreign exchange risk arising from their in-country exposures. The Group also uses futures, forwards and options to hedge foreign exchange and interest rate risk.
In accounting terms under IAS 39, hedges are classified into three types: fair value hedges, predominantly where fixed rates of interest or foreign exchange are exchanged for floating rates; cash flow hedges, predominantly where variable rates of interest or foreign exchange are exchanged for fixed rates; and hedges of net investments in overseas operations translated to the parent company's functional currency, US dollars.
The notional value of interest rate swaps for the purpose of fair value hedging increased by $5.8 billion at 30 June 2014 compared to 31 December 2013. Fair value hedges largely hedge the interest-rate risk on our sub-debt and debt securities in the UK which form part of the Group's liquidity buffers and are used to manage fixed rate securities and loan portfolios in our key markets. Currency and interest rate swaps used for cash flow hedging have decreased by $6 billion at 30 June 2014 compared to 31 December 2013. The increase of cash flow hedges is attributable to floating rate loans, bonds and deposits mainly in Korea and Singapore.
We may also, under certain individually approved circumstances, enter into economic hedges that do not qualify for IAS 39 hedge accounting treatment, and which are accordingly marked to market through the profit and loss account, thereby creating an accounting asymmetry. These are entered into primarily to ensure that residual interest rate and foreign exchange risks are being effectively managed. Current economic hedge relationships include hedging the foreign exchange risk on certain debt issuances and on other monetary instruments held in currencies other than US dollars.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that we either do not have sufficient financial resources available to meet our obligations as they fall due, or can only access these financial resources at excessive cost.
It is our policy to maintain adequate liquidity at all times, in all geographic locations and for all currencies, and hence to be in a position to meet obligations as they fall due. We manage liquidity risk both on a short-term and structural basis. In the short-term, our focus is on ensuring that the cash flow demands can be met where required. In the medium-term, the focus is on ensuring that the balance sheet remains structurally sound and is aligned to our strategy.
The Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO) is the responsible governing body that approves our liquidity management policies. The Liquidity Management Committee (LMC) receives authority from the GALCO and is responsible for setting or delegating authority to set liquidity limits and proposing liquidity risk policies. Liquidity in each country is managed by the country ALCO within pre-defined liquidity limits and in compliance with Group liquidity policies and practices, as well as local regulatory requirements. MTCR and Group Treasury propose and oversee the implementation of policies and other controls relating to the above risks.
We seek to manage our liquidity prudently in all geographical locations and for all currencies. Exceptional market events could impact us adversely, thereby potentially affecting our ability to fulfill our obligations as they fall due. The principal uncertainties for liquidity risk are that customers withdraw their deposits at a substantially faster rate than expected, or that asset repayments are not received on the expected maturity date. To mitigate these uncertainties, our funding base is diverse and largely customer-driven, while customer loans are of short tenor (51 per cent of these assets have a contractual maturity of less than 1 year). In addition we have contingency funding plans including a portfolio of liquid assets that can be realised if a liquidity stress occurs, as well as ready access to wholesale funds under normal market conditions.
Policies and procedures
Our liquidity risk management framework requires limits to be set for prudent liquidity management. There are limits on:
• The local and foreign currency cash flow gaps
• The level of external wholesale funding to ensure that the size of this funding is proportionate to the local market and our local operations
• The level of borrowing from other countries within the Group to contain the risk of contagion from one country to another
• Commitments, both on and off balance sheet, to ensure there are sufficient funds available in the event of drawdown
The advances to deposits ratio to ensure that commercial advances are funded by stable sources and that customer lending is funded by customer deposits
· The amount of assets that may be funded from other currencies
· The amount of medium term assets that have to be funded by medium term funding
In addition, we prescribe a liquidity stress scenario that includes accelerated withdrawal of deposits over a period of time. Each country has to ensure on a daily basis that cash inflows would exceed outflows under such a scenario.
All limits are reviewed at least annually, and more frequently if required, to ensure that they remain relevant given market conditions and business strategy. Compliance with limits is monitored independently on a regular basis by MTCR and Finance. Limit excesses are escalated and approved under a delegated authority structure and reported to the country ALCO. Excesses are also reported monthly to the LMC which provide further oversight.
We have significant levels of marketable securities, including government securities that can be monetised or pledged as collateral in the event of a liquidity stress. In addition, a Funding Crisis Response and Recovery Plan (FCRRP), reviewed and approved annually, is maintained by Group Treasury. The FCRRP strengthens existing governance processes by providing a broad set of Early Warning Indicators (EWIs), an escalation framework and a set of management actions that could be effectively implemented by the appropriate level of senior management in the event of a liquidity stress. A similar plan is maintained within each major country.
Primary sources of funding
Asubstantial portion of our assets are funded by customer deposits, largely made up of current and savings accounts. Wholesale funding deposits are widely diversified by type and maturity and represent a stable source of funds for the Group. In addition, the short term nature of our wholesale assets results in a balance sheet that is funded conservatively.
The ALCO in each country monitors trends in the balance sheet and ensures that any concerns that might impact the stability of these customer deposits are addressed effectively. The ALCO also reviews balance sheet plans to ensure that projected asset growth is matched by growth in customer deposits.
Customer assets are as far as possible funded in the same currency. Where mismatches arise, they are controlled by limits in each country on the amount of foreign currency that can be swapped to local currency and vice versa. Such limits are therefore a means of controlling reliance on foreign exchange markets, which minimises the risk that obligations could not be met in the required currency in the event that access to foreign exchange markets becomes restricted. In sizing the limits we consider a range of factors including:
· The size and depth of local FX markets; and
· The local regulatory environment, particularly the presence or risk of imposition of foreign exchange controls.
We maintain access to wholesale funding markets in all major financial centres and countries in which we operate. This seeks to ensure that we have market intelligence, maintain stable funding lines and can obtain optimal pricing when we perform our interest rate risk management activities.
Debt refinancing levels are low. In the next 12 months approximately $5.4 billion of the Group's senior and subordinated debt is falling due for repayment either contractually or callable by the Group. Further details of the Group's senior and subordinated debt by geography are provided in note 2 to the financial statements on page 110.
The table below shows the diversity of funding by type and by geography. Customer deposits make up almost 57 per cent of
total liabilities as at 30 June 2014, the majority of which are current accounts, savings accounts and time deposits. Our largest customer deposit base by geography is Greater China (in particular Hong Kong) which holds 36 per cent of Group customer accounts.
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
Group's composition of Liabilities |
% |
% |
% |
Customer accounts |
56.6 |
58.6 |
58.0 |
Deposits by banks |
7.3 |
7.0 |
6.6 |
Derivative financial instruments |
6.9 |
8.3 |
9.1 |
Other liabilities |
6.9 |
6.3 |
5.8 |
Debt securities in issue |
11.7 |
10.1 |
10.6 |
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds |
3.6 |
2.8 |
3.0 |
Total equity |
7.0 |
6.9 |
6.9 |
Total |
100.0 |
100.0 |
100.0 |
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
30.12.13 |
|
Geographic distribution of customer accounts |
% |
% |
% |
Greater China |
36.0 |
35.7 |
37.2 |
North East Asia |
8.7 |
8.9 |
8.7 |
South Asia |
3.8 |
3.9 |
4.0 |
ASEAN |
25.1 |
25.0 |
24.5 |
MENAP |
6.2 |
5.9 |
6.0 |
Africa |
3.0 |
2.7 |
2.9 |
Americas |
4.4 |
4.1 |
3.8 |
Europe |
12.8 |
13.8 |
12.9 |
Total |
100.0 |
100.0 |
100.0 |
Encumbered assets
Encumbered assets represent those on balance sheet assets pledged or used as collateral in respect of certain of the Group's liabilities. Hong Kong government certificates of indebtedness which secure the equivalent amount of Hong Kong currency notes in circulation, and cash collateral pledged against derivatives are included within other assets. Taken together
these encumbered assets represent 3.3 per cent (30 June 2013: 2.8 per cent; 31 December 2013: 3.1 per cent) of total assets, continuing the Group's historical low level of encumbrance.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the Group's encumbered assets to total assets.
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
|
||||||
|
Unencumbered assets |
|
|
Unencumbered assets |
|
|
|
|||
|
Not readily available to secure funding |
Readily available to secure funding |
Encumbered assets |
Total assets |
Not readily available to secure funding |
Readily available to secure funding |
Encumbered assets |
Total assets |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Cash and balances at central banks |
10,557 |
51,625 |
- |
62,182 |
9,663 |
47,958 |
- |
57,621 |
|
|
Derivative financial instruments |
48,105 |
- |
- |
48,105 |
54,548 |
- |
- |
54,548 |
|
|
Loans and advances to banks1 |
50,841 |
37,086 |
3,493 |
91,420 |
41,705 |
32,023 |
1,152 |
74,880 |
|
|
Loans and advances to customers1 |
303,924 |
- |
1,137 |
305,061 |
290,246 |
- |
1,547 |
291,793 |
|
|
Investment securities1 |
43,198 |
76,654 |
7,604 |
127,456 |
44,920 |
66,764 |
3,248 |
114,932 |
|
|
Other assets |
26,227 |
- |
10,857 |
37,084 |
26,137 |
- |
11,904 |
38,041 |
|
|
Current tax assets |
290 |
- |
- |
290 |
198 |
- |
- |
198 |
|
|
Prepayments and accrued income |
2,807 |
- |
- |
2,807 |
2,687 |
- |
- |
2,687 |
|
|
Interests in associates and joint ventures |
1,932 |
- |
- |
1,932 |
1,819 |
- |
- |
1,819 |
|
|
Goodwill and intangible assets |
6,200 |
- |
- |
6,200 |
5,943 |
- |
- |
5,943 |
|
|
Property, plant and equipment |
6,967 |
- |
- |
6,967 |
6,759 |
- |
- |
6,759 |
|
|
Deferred tax assets |
634 |
- |
- |
634 |
736 |
- |
- |
736 |
|
|
Total |
501,682 |
165,365 |
23,091 |
690,138 |
485,361 |
146,745 |
17,851 |
649,957 |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
31.12.13 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Unencumbered assets |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
Not readily available to secure funding |
Readily available to secure funding |
Encumbered assets |
Total assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Cash and balances at central banks |
|
|
|
|
9,946 |
44,588 |
- |
54,534 |
|
|
Derivative financial instruments |
|
|
|
|
61,802 |
- |
- |
61,802 |
|
|
Loans and advances to banks1 |
|
|
|
|
46,917 |
36,890 |
2,362 |
86,169 |
|
|
Loans and advances to customers1 |
|
|
|
|
294,884 |
- |
1,131 |
296,015 |
|
|
Investment securities1 |
|
|
|
|
48,699 |
72,062 |
3,516 |
124,277 |
|
|
Other assets |
|
|
|
|
19,870 |
- |
13,700 |
33,570 |
|
|
Current tax assets |
|
|
|
|
234 |
- |
- |
234 |
|
|
Prepayments and accrued income |
|
|
|
|
2,510 |
- |
- |
2,510 |
|
|
Interests in associates and joint ventures |
|
|
|
|
1,767 |
- |
- |
1,767 |
|
|
Goodwill and intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
6,070 |
- |
- |
6,070 |
|
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
|
|
6,903 |
- |
- |
6,903 |
|
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
529 |
- |
- |
529 |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
500,131 |
153,540 |
20,709 |
674,380 |
|
|
1 |
Includes assets held at fair value through profit or loss |
|||||||||
Encumbered assets continued
In addition to the above the Group received $17, 029 million (30 June 2013: $8,710 million; 31 December 2013: $15,906 million) as collateral under reverse repurchase agreements that was eligible for repledging. Of this the Group repledged $1,914 million (30 June 2013: $1,161 million; 31 December 2013: $1,804 million) under repurchase agreements
Readily available to secure funding
Readily available to secure funding includes unencumbered assets that can be sold outright or under repo within a few days, in line with regulatory definitions. The Group's readily available assets comprise of cash and balances at central banks, loans and advances to banks and investment securities.
Assets classified as not readily available to secure funding include:
· Assets which have no restrictions for funding and collateral purposes, such as loans and advances to customers, which are not acquired or originated with the intent of generating liquidity value; and
· Assets that cannot be encumbered, such as derivatives, goodwill and intangible and deferred tax assets
Liquidity metrics
We also monitor key liquidity metrics on a regular basis, both on a country basis and in aggregate across the Group. The key metrics are:
Advances to deposits ratio
This is defined as the ratio of total loans and advances to customers relative to total customer deposits. A low advances
to deposits ratio demonstrates that customer deposits exceed customer loans resulting from emphasis placed on generating a high level of funding from customers.
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
|
Loans and advances to customers1 |
305,061 |
291,793 |
296,015 |
Customer accounts |
390,523 |
380,785 |
390,971 |
Advances to deposits ratio |
78.1% |
76.6% |
75.7% |
1 See note 16 to the financial statements on page 140
Liquid asset ratio (LAR)
The Liquid Asset Ratio (LAR) ensures that a proportion of the Group's total assets are held in liquid assets, on a consolidated currency basis.
Liquid assets are the total cash (less restricted balances), treasury bills, loans and advances to banks (including net unsecured interbank and trade finance) and debt securities (less illiquid securities). Illiquid securities are debt securities that
cannot be sold or exchanged easily for cash without substantial loss in value.
The Group LAR remained at similar levels as in the previous year, reflecting an increase in liquid assets holdings to match balance sheet growth. The LAR in Europe increased as a consequence of liquidity optimisation activities resulting in increased balances at central banks and holding of liquid securities.
|
|
|||||||||
|
The following table sets an analysis of the Group's liquid assets by geographic region: |
|||||||||
|
|
30.06.14 |
||||||||
|
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
|
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$million |
|
Cash and balances at central banks |
7,389 |
5,203 |
945 |
5,585 |
2,603 |
1,573 |
24,178 |
14,706 |
62,182 |
|
Restricted balances |
(3,438) |
(560) |
(493) |
(3,220) |
(1,645) |
(738) |
(424) |
(39) |
(10,557) |
|
Loans and advances to banks - net of non-performing loans |
28,554 |
7,806 |
478 |
7,781 |
1,712 |
901 |
13,187 |
30,900 |
91,319 |
|
Deposits by banks |
(8,670) |
(4,472) |
(501) |
(7,096) |
(1,777) |
(822) |
(18,128) |
(8,909) |
(50,375) |
|
Treasury bills |
6,940 |
5,680 |
2,359 |
4,821 |
1,058 |
3,175 |
929 |
1,303 |
26,265 |
|
Debt securities |
29,723 |
7,629 |
3,775 |
15,035 |
4,438 |
2,628 |
5,040 |
26,428 |
94,696 |
|
of which : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued by governments |
13,536 |
6,194 |
2,875 |
6,243 |
3,765 |
1,143 |
422 |
5,134 |
39,312 |
|
Issued by banks |
10,299 |
484 |
186 |
3,663 |
297 |
381 |
3,805 |
14,119 |
33,234 |
|
Issued by corporate and other entities |
5,888 |
951 |
714 |
5,129 |
376 |
1,104 |
813 |
7,175 |
22,150 |
Illiquid securities and Other Assets |
(819) |
(19) |
(538) |
(222) |
- |
(6) |
(468) |
(1,103) |
(3,175) |
|
Liquid assets |
59,679 |
21,267 |
6,025 |
22,684 |
6,389 |
6,711 |
24,314 |
63,286 |
210,355 |
|
Total assets |
203,638 |
74,602 |
27,857 |
162,176 |
39,262 |
21,203 |
64,016 |
97,384 |
690,138 |
|
Liquid assets to total asset ratio (%) |
29.3% |
28.5% |
21.6% |
14.0% |
16.3% |
31.7% |
38.0% |
65.0% |
30.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquid asset ratio (LAR) continued
|
|
30.06.13 |
||||||||
|
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
|
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$million |
|
Cash and balances at central banks |
6,944 |
3,803 |
1,031 |
5,025 |
2,440 |
1,303 |
27,367 |
9,708 |
57,621 |
|
Restricted balances |
(3,363) |
(667) |
(565) |
(2,578) |
(1,538) |
(626) |
(301) |
(25) |
(9,663) |
|
Loans and advances to banks - net of non-performing loans |
26,021 |
5,257 |
759 |
7,647 |
2,437 |
813 |
11,048 |
20,787 |
74,769 |
|
Deposits by banks |
(6,548) |
(4,545) |
(496) |
(4,890) |
(1,514) |
(611) |
(15,777) |
(11,009) |
(45,390) |
|
Treasury bills |
6,796 |
6,954 |
2,789 |
3,496 |
1,449 |
2,390 |
1,396 |
480 |
25,750 |
|
Debt securities |
30,690 |
4,963 |
2,709 |
16,914 |
4,044 |
3,115 |
3,432 |
17,756 |
83,623 |
|
of which : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued by governments |
12,348 |
3,840 |
1,834 |
6,881 |
3,364 |
1,400 |
513 |
2,575 |
32,755 |
|
Issued by banks |
11,940 |
270 |
390 |
4,402 |
524 |
303 |
2,702 |
8,933 |
29,464 |
|
Issued by corporate and other entities |
6,402 |
853 |
485 |
5,631 |
156 |
1,412 |
217 |
6,248 |
21,404 |
Illiquid securities and Other Assets |
(101) |
(5) |
(696) |
(177) |
- |
(112) |
- |
(1,698) |
(2,789) |
|
Liquid assets |
60,439 |
15,760 |
5,531 |
25,437 |
7,318 |
6,272 |
27,165 |
35,999 |
183,921 |
|
Total assets |
194,208 |
72,227 |
27,886 |
150,124 |
36,550 |
18,790 |
64,858 |
85,314 |
649,957 |
|
Liquid assets to total asset ratio (%) |
31.1% |
21.8% |
19.8% |
16.9% |
20.0% |
33.4% |
41.9% |
42.2% |
28.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquid asset ratio (LAR) continued
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
31.12.13 |
|||||||||
|
|
Greater China |
North East Asia |
South Asia |
ASEAN |
MENAP |
Africa |
Americas |
Europe |
Total |
|
|
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$ million |
$million |
||
Cash and balances at central banks |
7,188 |
4,909 |
970 |
5,679 |
2,169 |
1,621 |
23,345 |
8,653 |
54,534 |
||
Restricted balances |
(3,431) |
(547) |
(523) |
(2,959) |
(1,546) |
(644) |
(262) |
(34) |
(9,946) |
||
Loans and advances to banks - net of non-performing loans |
27,899 |
6,561 |
575 |
6,689 |
2,097 |
742 |
13,067 |
28,432 |
86,062 |
||
Deposits by banks |
(4,652) |
(3,719) |
(542) |
(6,917) |
(1,491) |
(566) |
(17,739) |
(8,900) |
(44,526) |
||
Treasury bills |
10,741 |
6,794 |
2,567 |
4,748 |
1,220 |
2,777 |
1,027 |
1,530 |
31,404 |
||
Debt securities |
30,126 |
5,895 |
2,896 |
16,093 |
3,986 |
2,803 |
3,979 |
20,295 |
86,073 |
||
of which : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Issued by governments |
12,625 |
4,289 |
2,162 |
6,584 |
3,382 |
1,307 |
194 |
3,331 |
33,874 |
|
|
Issued by banks |
12,334 |
935 |
327 |
4,183 |
265 |
267 |
3,484 |
10,376 |
32,171 |
|
|
Issued by corporate and other entities |
5,167 |
671 |
407 |
5,326 |
339 |
1,229 |
301 |
6,588 |
20,028 |
|
Illiquid securities and Other Assets |
(170) |
- |
(773) |
(348) |
(39) |
- |
- |
(1,051) |
(2,381) |
||
Liquid assets |
67,701 |
19,893 |
5,170 |
22,985 |
6,396 |
6,733 |
23,417 |
48,925 |
201,220 |
||
Total assets |
201,832 |
73,130 |
27,142 |
156,366 |
37,519 |
19,357 |
65,125 |
93,909 |
674,380 |
||
Liquid assets to total asset ratio (%) |
33.5% |
27.2% |
19.0% |
14.7% |
17.0% |
34.8% |
36.0% |
52.1% |
29.8% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquid asset ratio (LAR) continued
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)
The Group monitors the LCR and NSFR in line with the Bank of International Settlements' BCBS238 guidelines. In June 2014 the Group started reporting its LCR on a monthly basis to its lead regulator, the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA), calculated in accordance with the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR), the Regulation that implements BCBS238 in Europe. The Group meets the Basel III requirements for the NSFR and LCR under both BCBS 238 and CRR definitions. As at 30 June 2014 both the Group LCR and NSFR were above 100 per cent.
Liquidity management - stress scenarios
The Group conducts a range of liquidity related stress analyses, both for internal and regulatory purposes.
Internally, three stress tests are run routinely: a severe 8-day name specific stress, a 30-day market wide stress and a 90-day combined name specific and market wide stress. Liquidity and funding risks are also considered as part of the Group's wider periodic scenario analysis, including reverse stress testing. In addition, the Group runs a range of stress tests to meet regulatory requirements, as defined by the PRA and local regulators.
The 8-day stress is specifically designed to determine a minimum quantity of marketable securities that must be held at all times in all countries. This stress is computed daily, and the minimum marketable securities requirement is observed daily. This is intended to ensure that, in the unlikely event of an acute loss of confidence in the Group or any individual entity within it, there is sufficient time to take corrective action. Every country must pass, on a stand-alone basis, with no presumption of Group support. As at 30 June 2014 all countries passed the stress test
The Group's resilience to market-wide disruption, such as loss of interbank money or foreign exchange markets, is tested using the 30-day market wide stress scenario, and is monitored by country ALCOs.
Finally, the 90-day stress test considers more prolonged stresses that affect markets across a number of the Group's main footprint countries and in which the Group itself may come under some sustained pressure. This pressure may be unwarranted or may be because the Group is inextricably linked with those markets/countries. This stress is managed at a Group rather than individual country level. It tests the adequacy of contingency funding arrangements beyond the marketable securities held to cover the 8-day stress, including the ability to support countries from elsewhere in the Group.
Our country stress testing considers potential currency mismatches between outflows and inflows. Particular focus is paid to mismatches in less liquid currencies and those which are not freely convertible. Mismatches are controlled by management action triggers set by MTCR. Group-wide stress tests also consider the portability of liquidity surpluses between Group entities, taking account of regulatory restrictions on large and intra-group exposures.
Standard Chartered Bank's credit ratings as at June 2014 were AA- (Fitch), AA- with negative outlook (S&P) and A1 (Moody's). A downgrade in credit rating would increase derivative collateral requirements and outflows due to rating-linked liabilities. The impact of a 2-notch downgrade results in an estimated outflow of $1.4 billion.
Liquidity analysis of the Group's balance sheet
Contractual maturity of assets and liabilities
This table analyses assets and liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date as at the balance sheet date on a discounted basis. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect actual repayments or cash flow.
Within the tables below cash and balances with central banks, loans and advances to banks, treasury bills and investment securities that are available-for-sale are used by the Group principally for liquidity management purposes.
|
Contractual maturity |
||||||||||
|
|
30.06.14 |
|||||||||
|
|
One month or less |
Between one month and three months |
Between three months and six months |
Between six months and nine months |
Between nine months and one year |
Between one year and two years |
Between two years and five years |
More than five years and undated |
Total |
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash and balances at central banks |
51,241 |
384 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
10,557 |
62,182 |
||
Derivative financial instruments |
3,957 |
4,816 |
4,125 |
4,934 |
3,118 |
7,397 |
11,279 |
8,479 |
48,105 |
||
Loans and advances to banks1 |
37,086 |
23,888 |
16,109 |
3,384 |
5,501 |
3,743 |
1,634 |
75 |
91,420 |
||
Loans and advances to customers1 |
83,002 |
26,318 |
21,902 |
12,009 |
12,926 |
22,770 |
48,519 |
77,615 |
305,061 |
||
Investment securities |
7,178 |
14,717 |
11,935 |
10,564 |
9,833 |
19,772 |
35,187 |
18,270 |
127,456 |
||
Other assets |
16,281 |
12,201 |
2,312 |
165 |
530 |
20 |
272 |
24,133 |
55,914 |
||
Total assets |
198,745 |
82,324 |
56,383 |
31,056 |
31,908 |
53,702 |
96,891 |
139,129 |
690,138 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deposits by banks1 |
41,497 |
4,750 |
1,909 |
351 |
358 |
108 |
622 |
780 |
50,375 |
||
Customer accounts1 |
283,907 |
46,929 |
25,878 |
11,601 |
8,826 |
4,945 |
4,508 |
3,929 |
390,523 |
||
Derivative financial instruments |
4,543 |
4,622 |
4,210 |
4,877 |
3,107 |
7,136 |
10,980 |
8,310 |
47,785 |
||
Senior debt |
382 |
1,478 |
1,674 |
2,373 |
418 |
7,014 |
7,822 |
3,422 |
24,583 |
||
Other debt securities in issue1 |
8,699 |
17,707 |
15,110 |
3,145 |
2,329 |
892 |
1,658 |
6,201 |
55,741 |
||
Other liabilities |
12,940 |
15,431 |
3,674 |
856 |
806 |
233 |
1,026 |
12,912 |
47,878 |
||
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
566 |
4,237 |
19,888 |
24,691 |
||
Total liabilities |
351,968 |
90,917 |
52,455 |
23,203 |
15,844 |
20,894 |
30,853 |
55,442 |
641,576 |
||
Net liquidity gap |
(153,223) |
(8,593) |
3,928 |
7,853 |
16,064 |
32,808 |
66,038 |
83,687 |
48,562 |
||
1 |
Amounts include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss (see note 12) on pages 119 to 120 |
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
Contractual maturity continued |
|||||||||||
|
|
30.06.13 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
One month or less |
Between one month and three months |
Between three months and six months |
Between six months and nine months |
Between nine months and one year |
Between one year and two years |
Between two years and five years |
More than five years and undated |
Total |
|
||
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Cash and balances at central banks |
47,881 |
24 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
9,716 |
57,621 |
|
|||
Derivative financial instruments |
5,940 |
7,091 |
6,031 |
4,677 |
3,844 |
7,074 |
11,371 |
8,520 |
54,548 |
|
|||
Loans and advances to banks1 |
32,022 |
16,822 |
11,527 |
6,084 |
5,370 |
1,296 |
1,604 |
155 |
74,880 |
|
|||
Loans and advances to customers1 |
68,254 |
29,874 |
19,450 |
15,360 |
13,340 |
18,698 |
48,506 |
78,311 |
291,793 |
|
|||
Investment securities1 |
5,840 |
13,051 |
14,387 |
11,294 |
9,732 |
16,922 |
29,606 |
14,100 |
114,932 |
|
|||
Other assets |
16,915 |
12,577 |
2,828 |
318 |
130 |
106 |
193 |
23,116 |
56,183 |
|
|||
Total assets |
176,852 |
79,439 |
54,223 |
37,733 |
32,416 |
44,096 |
91,280 |
133,918 |
649,957 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Deposits by banks1 |
37,502 |
4,534 |
2,197 |
250 |
182 |
89 |
542 |
94 |
45,390 |
|
|||
Customer accounts1 |
267,889 |
45,675 |
27,898 |
15,589 |
9,589 |
4,120 |
5,720 |
4,305 |
380,785 |
|
|||
Derivative financial instruments |
6,023 |
7,336 |
5,880 |
4,532 |
4,426 |
6,519 |
10,869 |
8,196 |
53,781 |
|
|||
Senior debt |
2,288 |
50 |
239 |
753 |
1,587 |
375 |
13,474 |
2,982 |
21,748 |
|
|||
Other debt securities in issue1 |
8,453 |
13,738 |
10,757 |
1,507 |
3,217 |
3,134 |
(335) |
3,305 |
43,776 |
|
|||
Other liabilities |
13,353 |
9,346 |
3,508 |
887 |
382 |
709 |
1,220 |
11,321 |
40,726 |
|
|||
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds |
- |
- |
927 |
- |
- |
- |
4,614 |
12,852 |
18,393 |
|
|||
Total liabilities |
335,508 |
80,679 |
51,406 |
23,518 |
19,383 |
14,946 |
36,104 |
43,055 |
604,599 |
|
|||
Net liquidity gap |
(158,656) |
(1,240) |
2,817 |
14,215 |
13,033 |
29,150 |
55,176 |
90,863 |
45,358 |
|
|||
|
1 |
Amounts include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss (see note 12) on pages 119 to 120 |
|||||||||||
|
Contractual maturity continued |
|
||||||||||
|
|
31.12.13 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
One month or less |
Between one month and three months |
Between three months and six months |
Between six months and nine months |
Between nine months and one year |
Between one year and two years |
Between two years and five years |
More than five years and undated |
Total |
|
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash and balances at central banks |
44,309 |
264 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
9,961 |
54,534 |
|
||
Derivative financial instruments |
6,820 |
7,376 |
8,403 |
4,514 |
3,612 |
9,085 |
13,453 |
8,539 |
61,802 |
|
||
Loans and advances to banks1 |
36,890 |
21,705 |
13,349 |
5,543 |
5,153 |
1,647 |
1,798 |
84 |
86,169 |
|
||
Loans and advances to customers1 |
73,036 |
29,469 |
23,541 |
10,772 |
11,677 |
22,549 |
48,297 |
76,674 |
296,015 |
|
||
Investment securities1 |
11,496 |
13,948 |
12,567 |
7,252 |
11,241 |
21,052 |
30,844 |
15,877 |
124,277 |
|
||
Other assets |
14,677 |
10,964 |
2,316 |
44 |
318 |
35 |
201 |
23,028 |
51,583 |
|
||
Total assets |
187,228 |
83,726 |
60,176 |
28,125 |
32,001 |
54,368 |
94,593 |
134,163 |
674,380 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deposits by banks1 |
36,084 |
4,873 |
1,489 |
394 |
276 |
173 |
521 |
716 |
44,526 |
|
||
Customer accounts1 |
279,638 |
48,630 |
26,473 |
12,864 |
10,793 |
2,574 |
6,310 |
3,689 |
390,971 |
|
||
Derivative financial instruments |
6,922 |
7,306 |
9,405 |
4,195 |
3,418 |
8,480 |
12,802 |
8,708 |
61,236 |
|
||
Senior debt |
478 |
291 |
3,485 |
430 |
19 |
7,020 |
10,121 |
3,335 |
25,179 |
|
||
Other debt securities in issue1 |
10,114 |
13,252 |
11,516 |
1,422 |
1,938 |
1,141 |
1,992 |
4,858 |
46,233 |
|
||
Other liabilities |
12,759 |
8,665 |
3,260 |
962 |
432 |
544 |
1,117 |
11,258 |
38,997 |
|
||
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
6 |
4,785 |
15,606 |
20,397 |
|
||
Total liabilities |
345,995 |
83,017 |
55,628 |
20,267 |
16,876 |
19,938 |
37,648 |
48,170 |
627,539 |
|
||
Net liquidity gap |
(158,767) |
709 |
4,548 |
7,858 |
15,125 |
34,430 |
56,945 |
85,993 |
46,841 |
|
||
|
1 |
Amounts include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss (see note 12) on pages 120 to 121 |
||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Behavioural maturity of financial assets and liabilities
The cash flows presented on page 101 reflect the cash flows which will be contractually payable over the residual maturity of the instruments. However, contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect the timing of actual repayments or cash flow. In practice, certain asset and liability instruments behave differently from their contractual terms and, especially for short term customer accounts, credit card balances and overdrafts, which extend to a longer period than their contractual maturity. On the other hand mortgage balances tend to have a shorter repayment period than their contractual maturity date. Such behavioural adjustments are identified and managed in each country through analysis of the historic behaviour of balances. The Group's expectation of when assets and liabilities are likely to become due is provided on the following page.
Behavioural maturity continued |
|
||||||||||
|
30.06.14 |
|
|||||||||
|
One month or less |
Between one month and three months |
Between three months and six months |
Between six months and nine months |
Between nine months and one year |
Between one year and two years |
Between two years and five years |
More than five years and undated |
Total |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and advances to banks1 |
37,044 |
22,999 |
16,426 |
3,436 |
5,500 |
3,665 |
2,247 |
103 |
91,420 |
|
|
Loans and advances to customers1 |
57,864 |
23,013 |
18,452 |
10,044 |
16,891 |
22,202 |
97,293 |
59,302 |
305,061 |
|
|
Total loans and advances |
94,908 |
46,012 |
34,878 |
13,480 |
22,391 |
25,867 |
99,540 |
59,405 |
396,481 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits by banks1 |
31,506 |
4,766 |
2,289 |
419 |
449 |
9,456 |
709 |
781 |
50,375 |
|
|
Customer accounts1 |
125,004 |
29,475 |
15,298 |
12,941 |
23,671 |
103,097 |
76,419 |
4,618 |
390,523 |
|
|
Total deposits |
156,510 |
34,241 |
17,587 |
13,360 |
24,120 |
112,553 |
77,128 |
5,399 |
440,898 |
|
|
Net gap |
(61,602) |
11,771 |
17,291 |
120 |
(1,729) |
(86,686) |
22,412 |
54,006 |
(44,417) |
|
|
|
30.06.13 |
|
|||||||||
|
One month or less |
Between one month and three months |
Between three months and six months |
Between six months and nine months |
Between nine months and one year |
Between one year and two years |
Between two years and five years |
More than five years and undated |
Total |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and advances to banks1 |
32,632 |
16,470 |
11,127 |
5,982 |
5,392 |
1,350 |
1,772 |
155 |
74,880 |
|
|
Loans and advances to customers1 |
53,050 |
23,088 |
17,122 |
11,632 |
16,881 |
24,974 |
85,544 |
59,502 |
291,793 |
|
|
Total loans and advances |
85,682 |
39,558 |
28,249 |
17,614 |
22,273 |
26,324 |
87,316 |
59,657 |
366,673 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits by banks1 |
37,318 |
4,642 |
1,302 |
252 |
1,076 |
81 |
623 |
96 |
45,390 |
|
|
Customer accounts1 |
126,517 |
32,804 |
18,356 |
13,250 |
29,381 |
94,811 |
60,950 |
4,716 |
380,785 |
|
|
Total deposits |
163,835 |
37,446 |
19,658 |
13,502 |
30,457 |
94,892 |
61,573 |
4,812 |
426,175 |
|
|
Net gap |
(78,153) |
2,112 |
8,591 |
4,112 |
(8,184) |
(68,568) |
25,743 |
54,845 |
(59,502) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.12.13 |
|
|||||||||
|
One month or less |
Between one month and three months |
Between three months and six months |
Between six months and nine months |
Between nine months and one year |
Between one year and two years |
Between two years and five years |
More than five years and undated |
Total |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and advances to banks1 |
36,990 |
21,856 |
13,342 |
5,532 |
5,072 |
1,554 |
1,665 |
158 |
86,169 |
|
|
Loans and advances to customers1 |
55,193 |
27,724 |
18,204 |
8,491 |
17,991 |
21,239 |
88,092 |
59,081 |
296,015 |
|
|
Total loans and advances |
92,183 |
49,580 |
31,546 |
14,023 |
23,063 |
22,793 |
89,757 |
59,239 |
382,184 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits by banks1 |
35,804 |
5,063 |
1,472 |
427 |
318 |
138 |
597 |
707 |
44,526 |
|
|
Customer accounts1 |
131,684 |
28,574 |
16,700 |
11,055 |
23,572 |
115,686 |
58,868 |
4,832 |
390,971 |
|
|
Total deposits |
167,488 |
33,637 |
18,172 |
11,482 |
23,890 |
115,824 |
59,465 |
5,539 |
435,497 |
|
|
Net gap |
(75,305) |
15,943 |
13,374 |
2,541 |
(827) |
(93,031) |
30,292 |
53,700 |
(53,313) |
|
|
1 |
Amounts include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss (see note 12) |
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||
Operational risk
Operational risk is the potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, or technology or the impact of external events. We seek to control operational risks to ensure that operational losses do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise.
Operational risks can arise from all business lines and from all activities carried out by the Group. We seek to systematically identify and manage operational risk by segmenting the Group's processes into logical groupings. Each of these has an owner who is responsible for identifying and managing all the
risks that arise from those activities as an integral part of their first line responsibilities. Products and services offered to clients and customers in all our markets are also assessed and authorised in accordance with product governance procedures.
Although operational risk exposures can take many varied forms, we seek to manage them in accordance with standards that drive systematic risk identification, assessment, control and monitoring. These standards are challenged and reviewed regularly to ensure their ongoing effectiveness. To support the systematic identification of material operational risk exposures associated with a given process, we classify them into the following types:
|
|
Operational risk subtypes |
|
Processing failure |
Potential for loss due to failure of an established process or to a process design weakness |
External rules & regulations |
Potential for actual or opportunity loss due to failure to comply with laws or regulations, or as a result of changes in laws or regulations or in their interpretation or application |
Liability |
Potential for loss or sanction due to a legal claim against any part of the Group or individuals within the Group |
Legal enforceability |
Potential for loss due to failure to protect legally the Group's interests or from difficulty in enforcing the Group's rights |
Damage to assets |
Potential for loss or damage to physical assets and other property from natural disaster and other events |
Safety and security |
Potential for loss or damage to health or safety of staff, customers or third parties arising from internal failures or the effects of external events |
Internal crime or dishonesty |
Potential for loss due to action by staff that is intended to defraud, misappropriate property or to circumvent the law or company policy |
External crime |
Potential for loss due to criminal acts by external parties such as fraud, theft and other criminal activity including internet crime |
Model |
Potential for loss due to a significant discrepancy between the output of risk measurement models and actual experience |
Identified operational risk exposures are rated 'Low', 'Medium', 'High' or 'Very High' in accordance with defined risk assessment criteria. Risks which are outside of set materiality thresholds receive a differential level of management attention and are reported to senior management and risk committees up to Board level. Significant external events or internal failures which have occurred are analysed to identify the root cause of any failure for remediation and future mitigation. Actual operational losses, near misses and control metrics are recorded.
In the Second Line of Defence, Group Operational Risk is responsible for setting and maintaining the standards for operational risk management and control. In addition, specialist operational risk control owners have responsibility for the control of operational risk arising from the management of the following risk control areas Group-wide: people, technology, vendor, property, security, accounting and financial control, tax, legal processes, corporate authorities and structure and regulatory compliance, as described further in the table below:
Operational risk continued
Operational risk control area |
|
People Management |
Recruiting, developing, compensating and managing employees |
Technology Management |
Developing, maintaining and using information technology, and information security |
Vendor Management |
Procurement, licensing, outsourcing and supplier management |
Property Management |
Managing property assets, projects and facilities. |
Security Management |
Protecting the security of staff and customers |
Regulatory Compliance |
Maintaining relationships with regulators, evidencing compliance with banking and securities regulations and managing regulatory change |
Legal processes |
Effective documentation of material transactions and other material contractual agreements, controlling the rights pertaining to material assets of the Group, and managing material claims and legal disputes |
Accounting & Financial Control |
Financial and management accounting, associated reporting and financial control |
Tax management |
Maintaining relationships with tax authorities and managing the Group's tax affairs to ensure compliance with our obligations |
Corporate authorities & structure |
Maintaining effective corporate legal entity structure and corporate decision making authorities |
|
|
Each risk control owner, supported by a specialist control function, is responsible for identifying risks that are material to the Group and for maintaining an effective control environment, across the whole organisation. This includes defining appropriate policies, for approval by authorised risk committees, that impose specific controls and constraints on the Group's activities.
Since the Group reorganisation, as of 1 April 2014, Group Risk Committee provides overall oversight of operational risk across the Group. It is supported by the Global Business Risk Committee, the Group Functions Operational Risk Committee the Group Financial Crime Risk Committee and the Group Information Management Governance Committee, which oversee operational risk arising from the businesses, Group functions, financial crime compliance and information management and data quality, respectively.
Reputational risk
Reputational risk is the potential for damage to the Group's franchise, resulting in loss of earnings or adverse impact on market capitalisation as a result of stakeholders taking a negative view of the Group or its actions.
Reputational risk could arise from the failure of the Group to effectively mitigate the risks in its businesses including one or more of country, credit, liquidity, market, regulatory, legal or other operational risk. Damage to the Group's reputation could cause existing clients to reduce or cease to do business with the Group and prospective clients to be reluctant to do business with the Group. All employees are responsible for day to day identification and management of reputational risk. These responsibilities form part of the Group Code of Conduct and are further embedded through values-based performance assessments.
Reputational risk may also arise from a failure to comply with environmental and social standards. Our primary environmental and social impacts arise through our relationship with our clients and customers and the financing decisions we take. We have published a series of position statements which we apply in the provision of financial services to clients who operate in sectors with specific risks, and for key issues. We have mechanisms in our origination and credit processes to identify and assess environmental and social risks, and a dedicated Environmental and Social Risk Management team that reviews proposed transactions with identified risks.
The GRC provides Group-wide oversight on reputational risk, sets policy and monitors material risks. The Group Head of Corporate Affairs is the overall risk control owner for reputational risk. The BVC and BRC provide additional oversight of reputational risk on behalf of the Board.
At the business level, the Business Responsibility and Reputational Risk Committee has responsibility for managing reputational risk.
At country level, the Country Head of Corporate Affairs is the risk control owner of reputational risk. It is his or her responsibility to protect our reputation in that market with the support of the country management group. The Head of Corporate Affairs and Country Chief Executive Officer must actively:
· Promote awareness and application of our policies and procedures regarding reputational risk
· Encourage business and functions to take account of our reputation in all decision-making, including dealings with customers and suppliers
· Implement effective in-country reporting systems to ensure they are aware of all potential issues in tandem with respective business committees
· Promote effective, proactive stakeholder management through ongoing engagement
Pension risk
Pension risk is the potential for loss due to having to meet an actuarially assessed shortfall in the Group's pension schemes. The risk assessment is focused on our obligations towards our major pension schemes, ensuring that our funding obligation to these schemes is comfortably within our financial capacity. Pension risk is monitored quarterly. The Group Pension Risk Committee is the body responsible for governance of pension risk and it receives its authority from GRC.
Standard Chartered PLC - Capital
The following sections of Capital form part of the financial statements: from the start of 'Capital Management' on this page to the end of 'Reconciliation of Basel II Core Tier 1 and CRD IV, Common Equity Tier 1' on page 92, excluding the end point CET1 ration on page 88, the risk-weighted assets amount on page 89 and the capital ratios on page 90.
Capital management
Our approach to capital management is to maintain a strong capital base to support the development of our business, to meet regulatory capital requirements at all times and to maintain strong credit ratings.
Strategic, business and capital plans are drawn up annually covering a five year horizon and are approved by the Board. The capital plan ensures that adequate levels of capital and an optimum mix of the different components of capital are maintained to support our strategy. Group Treasury is responsible for the ongoing assessment of the demand for capital and the updating of the Group's capital plan.
The capital plan takes the following into account:
• Current regulatory capital requirements and our assessment of future standards
• Demand for capital due to business growth forecasts, loan impairment outlook and market shocks or stresses
• Available supply of capital and capital raising options
The Group formulates a capital plan with the help of internal models and other quantitative techniques. The Group uses a capital model to assess the capital demand for material risks, and supports this with our internal capital adequacy assessment. Other internal models help to estimate potential future losses arising from credit, market and other risks and using regulatory formulae, the amount of capital required to support them. In addition, the models enable the Group to gain an enhanced understanding of its risk profile, for example by identifying potential concentrations and assessing the impact of portfolio management actions. Stress testing and scenario analysis are an integral part of capital planning, and are used to ensure that the Group's internal capital adequacy assessment considers the impact of extreme but plausible scenarios on its risk profile and capital position. They provide an insight into the potential impact of significant adverse events and how these could be mitigated through appropriate management actions. The capital modelling process is a key part of our management discipline.
A strong governance and process framework is embedded in our capital planning and assessment methodology. The key capital management committees are the Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO) and the Capital Management Committee (CMC). The members of GALCO include all the Group Executive Directors and the Group Chief Risk Officer with senior attendees from Group Treasury, Finance, Risk and the business. The GALCO regularly reviews the capital plan and approves capital management policies and guidelines. The CMC oversees the tactical management of the Group's capital position and provides a bridge to GALCO's strategic management of the Group's capital position. The GALCO delegates certain authorities to CMC in relation to capital management.
The Group's capital position, including its relationship to the Group's risk appetite statement, is regularly considered by the Board Risk Committee (BRC). At a country level, capital is
monitored by the Country Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO). Appropriate policies are in place governing the transfer of capital within the Group.
In light of the uncertain economic environment and continuing uncertainty as to the end state for banks' regulatory capital structures, it is appropriate to remain both strongly capitalised and well above regulatory requirements.
Standard Chartered Bank is authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the PRA.
The capital that we are required to hold is determined by our balance sheet, off-balance sheet, counterparty and other risk exposures. Further detail on counterparty and risk exposures is included in the Risk Review on pages 28 to 85.
Capital in branches and subsidiaries is maintained on the basis of host regulators' requirements and the Group's assessment of capital requirements under normal and stress conditions. Suitable processes and controls are in place to monitor and manage capital adequacy and ensure compliance with local regulatory ratios in all our legal entities. These processes are designed to ensure that we have sufficient capital available to meet local regulatory capital requirements at all times.
Advanced Internal Ratings Based (IRB) models
Since 1 January 2008, we have been using the IRB approach for the calculation of credit risk capital requirements with the approval of our relevant regulators. This approach builds on our risk management practices and investment in data warehousing and risk models.
For market risk Internal Model Approach (IMA) where IMA permission has been granted by our relevant regulators we use Value at Risk (VaR) in our market risk models for the calculation of our market risk capital requirements. Where our market risk exposures are not included in a regulatory IMA permission we apply the Standardised Approach for determining the capital requirements for market risk as specified by the relevant regulator. We apply the Standardised Approach for determining the capital requirements for operational risk.
The Group's IRB models are subject to initial approval, and ongoing supervision by its regulators. The Group believes that the overall performance of its models has been, and continues to be, conservative. The PRA has revised its approach towards the use and calibration of IRB models. Consequently, the Group is to change the method for calculating Exposure at Default (EAD) in certain IRB models, resulting in around a $12bn increase in risk-weighted assets (RWA) and an impact on the Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of around 40bps.
In December 2013, in PS7/13 the PRA proposed changes to the treatment of certain exposures where the country-specific default experience is not deemed sufficient for modelling purposes, including the application of various Loss Given Default (LGD) floors. In June 2014 the PRA issued a Consultation Paper (CP12/14) proposing (among other changes) that AIRB permissions for exposures to central governments, central banks, public sector entities and financial institutions be replaced by Foundation IRB (FIRB) permissions by the end of June 2015. Under a FIRB permission, EAD and LGD for such exposures will be determined based on supervisory formulae rather than internal models. Such changes to the treatment of LGD would result in an increase in the risk-weighted requirements calculated by such models. The impact of such changes will depend on the final outcome of the consultation process.
CRD IV (Basel III)
In Policy Statement PS7/13 the PRA has set out its approach to implementation of the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) and the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD) which together comprise CRD IV. CRD IV came into force on 1 January 2014. A number of areas of CRD IV remain subject to further consultation or await promulgation of the relevant European Banking Authority (EBA) Technical Standards and UK implementing rules. Further, the CRD leaves considerable scope for national discretion to be applied. Accordingly, the position presented here is based on the Group's current understanding of the rules which may be subject to change.
In June 2014, the PRA set out a requirement for the eight large UK institutions (of which the Group is one) of a 7 per cent CET1 ratio based on capital definitions in CRR and the PRA Rulebook and a 3 per cent end point Tier 1 leverage ratio from 1 July 2014. The Group currently exceeds these requirements.
The Group is well positioned: diverse, well capitalised and liquid with a conservative approach to balance sheet management. The Group currently operates at capital levels materially above the current minimum requirements and, additionally, has a number of levers at its disposal, to manage future regulatory requirements as they finalise or emerge over the next few years.
Bank of England (BoE) Stress Tests
The PRA is conducting a stress test of the UK banking system, as recommended by the Financial Policy Committee (FPC) of the BoE, which will include the Group. The Group is not included in the EBA's simultaneous EU-wide stress test. The purpose of the PRA stress test is to assess the capital adequacy and resilience of UK based banks. The Group expects that the results of the BoE stress test will be used by the PRA to inform the setting of a bank's revised Capital Planning Buffer (CPB). The Group understands that the CPB will phase out starting from January 2016 when CRD IV buffers commence their phase-in although the PRA have not yet formally confirmed these transitional arrangements. The results of the BoE stress test will be published by the BoE towards the end of 2014 although the exact timing, form and extent of disclosure are not yet known.
Global Systemically Important Institutions (G-SIIs)
On 11 November 2013, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) published an updated list of G-SIIs identifying the Group as a G-SII with a 1 per cent additional CET1 requirement. G-SIIs will be required to hold an additional CET1 buffer of between 1 per cent and 3.5 per cent of RWA by 2019. If the Group remains a G-SII, its related CET1 requirement will be phased in from 1 January 2016 to 1 January 2019.
Her Majesty's Treasury (HMT) has designated the PRA as the authority responsible for identifying G-SIIs and setting G-SII buffers. On 5 June 2014, the EBA published the final draft Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) on the methodology for identifying G-SIIs and the related disclosure requirements for G-SIIs. The identification of G-SIIs in the EU is aligned with the framework established by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) and developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). However, while the global standards only require the publication of the 12 indicators used in the methodology, the EBA extends the public disclosure requirement to all the data needed to calculate these indicators. In accordance with the Basel Committee standards, the Group has published its G-SII indicators as at 31 December 2013.
The Group's G-SII disclosure 'Standard Chartered's G-SIB indicators' can be found at www.sc.com/en/news-and-media/news/global/31-07-2014-gsib-indicators.html
Other Regulatory Developments
In April 2014, the PRA published Policy Statement PS3/14 and Supervisory Statement SS6/14 which set out its approach to implementation of some of the buffers which had not been addressed in PS7/13. The BoE was identified as the designated authority for the Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB), with its powers delegated to the FPC. The FPC may set a CCyB for UK exposures and for non-EU exposures.
In the UK, the Combined Buffer will include the Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB), the CCyB, the GSII buffer and the Systemic Risk Buffer (SRB), to the extent applicable to a firm, as required by CRD IV. If a firm does not meet its Combined Buffer it will be required to notify the PRA within 5 days and calculate a Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA). If a firm does not meet its Combined Buffer it must not make distributions of profits in excess of the applicable MDA. Where firms are in the first quartile of their combined buffer (when they meet between 75 per cent and 100 per cent of it), 60 per cent of such profits can be distributed. In the second quartile, 40 per cent can be distributed; in the third quartile, 20 per cent; and in the fourth quartile, 0 per cent. Relevant distributions include: distributions in connection with CET1, payment of variable remuneration or discretionary pensions and payments on Additional Tier 1 instruments.
EU member states may introduce a SRB for the financial services sector, or a subset of it. The SRB is intended to mitigate the macro-prudential risks specific to an EU member state. This buffer has an upper-bound rate of 5 per cent but could exceed this, following authorisation by the European Commission. HMT has not yet designated a responsible authority for the SRB.
Pillar 2
In addition to Pillar 1 capital requirements, the Group, like other UK banks, currently holds capital in respect of its Pillar 2 risks. Pillar 2 comprises:
· Individual Capital Guidance (ICG or Pillar 2A buffer) for risks deemed not covered or adequately addressed by Pillar 1 capital requirements (including for example: pension risk, interest rate risk, concentration risk and operational risk). From 1 January 2015 the Group must hold at least 56 per cent of its Pillar 2A buffer in CET1
· A CPB to ensure the Group remains well capitalised in a stressed environment. From 1 January 2016, the PRA Buffer Assessment will take into account the CCB, any G-SII buffers and SRB. A further CET1 component could be added to the extent that the PRA does not consider that these buffers are sufficient to cover the Group's risks
The PRA has announced that it intends to consult in the second half of 2014 on the transition to the new Pillar 2 framework. Based on current guidance received from the PRA in 2014 and the Group's current understanding of the rules, the Group's Pillar 2A guidance now amounts to around 115 bps of RWA. Assuming that the Group meets its Pillar 2A guidance to the extent possible with Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, the Group's Pillar 2A CET1 guidance is around 65 bps. The Group's Pillar 2A guidance may vary over time.
Gone concern loss absorbing capacity (GLAC)
The FSB is expected to publish proposals for international GLAC standards at the November G20 meeting. Based on its current understanding of the ongoing discussions and the potential definition of GLAC, the Group estimates that as at 30 June 2014 its GLAC level is around 22 per cent of RWA. This figure includes regulatory capital, senior liabilities with at least one year to maturity and that part of subordinated debt that is amortised for regulatory capital purposes over the last five years of the relevant instrument's duration (with at least one year remaining to maturity) and therefore outside the scope of regulatory capital recognition.
CRD IV Own Funds disclosures
The table on page 89 summarises the consolidated capital position of the Group. The disclosure template is based on the EBA Implementing Technical Standard (ITS) on Disclosure for Own Funds published on 26 July 2013.
The Reconciliation of Basel II Core Tier 1 and CRD IV CET1 and Basel II risk-weighted asset to CRD IV table illustrates the impact of the move from Basel II to CRD IV as at 1 January 2014. CET1 decreased by just under $2 billion due to increased regulatory deductions from CET1 capital in particular the full and unsheltered deduction for excess expected losses relative to provisions and the deduction of certain deferred tax assets. RWA increased by just over $9 billion due to credit valuation adjustments (CVA), asset value correlation (AVC) charges and the introduction of the threshold deduction approach offset in part by the application of CRR standardised rules to various Financial Markets portfolios.
The Group has deducted foreseeable interim dividends (net of scrip) from the capital base which impacted the CET1 ratio by around 17bps.
At 30 June 2014, the Group's end point CET1 ratio is 10.7 per cent which reflects the inclusion of unrealised gains on available for sale securities in the end point calculation which are expected to be recognised from 2015 onwards. The 1 January 2014 end point ratio on this basis was 11.0 per cent and 11.2 per cent including the impact of estimated mitigation of the CVA RWA increase as disclosed in the 2013 Annual Report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CRD IV Capital base |
CRD IV |
1 |
CRD IV |
2 |
Basel II |
3 |
Basel II |
4 |
|
30.06.14 |
|
31.12.13 |
|
31.12.13 |
|
30.06.13 |
|
|
$million |
|
$million |
|
$million |
|
$million |
|
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)/Core Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts |
5,225 |
|
5,213 |
|
5,213 |
|
5,212 |
|
Of which: Share premium accounts |
3,989 |
|
4,001 |
|
4,001 |
|
4,000 |
|
Retained earnings5 |
27,883 |
|
28,560 |
|
28,560 |
|
25,200 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves) |
11,171 |
|
10,794 |
|
10,794 |
|
10,681 |
|
Non-controlling interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) |
604 |
|
607 |
|
906 |
|
927 |
|
Independently reviewed interim profit6 |
2,401 |
|
- |
|
- |
|
2,181 |
|
Foreseeable dividends net of scrip7 |
(584) |
|
- |
|
- |
|
- |
|
Common Equity Tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments |
46,700 |
|
45,174 |
|
45,473 |
|
44,201 |
|
Common Equity Tier 1 / Core Tier 1 capital: regulatory adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional value adjustments |
(216) |
|
(180) |
|
- |
|
- |
|
Intangible assets (net of related tax liability)8 |
(6,414) |
|
(6,173) |
|
(6,070) |
|
(6,100) |
|
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability |
(276) |
|
(273) |
|
- |
|
- |
|
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges |
(76) |
|
(15) |
|
(15) |
|
50 |
|
Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss9 |
(1,919) |
|
(1,738) |
|
(610) |
|
(696) |
|
Gains or losses on liabilities at fair value resulting from changes in own credit |
(85) |
|
(85) |
|
(85) |
|
(187) |
|
Defined-benefit pension fund assets |
(5) |
|
(6) |
|
26 |
|
35 |
|
Fair value gains and losses arising from the institution's own credit risk related to derivative liabilities |
(13) |
|
(5) |
|
- |
|
- |
|
Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk weighting |
(222) |
|
(190) |
|
(92) |
|
(111) |
|
Of which: securitisation positions |
(184) |
|
(184) |
|
(92) |
|
(111) |
|
Of which: free deliveries |
(38) |
|
(6) |
|
- |
|
- |
|
Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains |
(461) |
|
(546) |
|
(669) |
|
(384) |
|
Other |
- |
|
(2) |
|
(35) |
|
(34) |
|
Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 /Core Tier 1 |
(9,687) |
|
(9,213) |
|
(7,550) |
|
(7,427) |
|
Common Equity Tier 1 /Core Tier 1 capital |
37,013 |
|
35,961 |
|
37,923 |
|
36,774 |
|
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Instruments and the related share premium accounts |
4,378 |
|
4,458 |
|
4,690 |
|
5,494 |
|
Significant direct and indirect holdings of CET1 instruments of relevant entities |
- |
|
- |
|
(537) |
|
(502) |
|
Tax on excess expected losses |
- |
|
- |
|
259 |
|
234 |
|
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments |
4,378 |
|
4,458 |
|
4,412 |
|
5,226 |
|
Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) |
41,391 |
|
40,419 |
|
42,335 |
|
42,000 |
|
Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts |
13,054 |
|
9,010 |
|
16,218 |
|
13,571 |
|
Amount of qualifying items and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from Tier 2 |
1,155 |
|
1,447 |
|
- |
|
- |
|
Qualifying own funds instruments included in Tier 2 capital issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties |
4,903 |
|
5,267 |
|
- |
|
- |
|
Unrealised gains on available-for-sale equity securities included in Tier 2 |
- |
|
- |
|
744 |
|
362 |
|
Significant direct and indirect holdings of CET1 instruments of relevant entities |
- |
|
- |
|
(537) |
|
(502) |
|
Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts |
- |
|
- |
|
(869) |
|
(930) |
|
Securitisation positions |
- |
|
- |
|
(92) |
|
(111) |
|
Credit risk adjustments |
212 |
|
237 |
|
237 |
|
272 |
|
Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments |
19,324 |
|
15,961 |
|
15,701 |
|
12,662 |
|
Tier 2 capital: regulatory adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own Tier 2 instruments and subordinated loans |
(24) |
|
(11) |
|
(11) |
|
(6) |
|
Deductions from total capital |
- |
|
- |
|
(6) |
|
(6) |
|
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 capital |
(24) |
|
(11) |
|
(17) |
|
(12) |
|
Tier 2 capital |
19,300 |
|
15,950 |
|
15,684 |
|
12,650 |
|
Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) |
60,691 |
|
56,369 |
|
58,019 |
|
54,650 |
|
Total risk-weighted assets10 |
351,585 |
|
331,296 |
|
322,251 |
|
323,776 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
CRD IV Capital base continued |
CRD IV |
1 |
CRD IV |
2 |
Basel II |
3 |
Basel II |
4 |
|
|||
|
30.06.14 |
|
31.12.13 |
|
31.12.13 |
|
30.06.13 |
|
|
|||
|
$million |
|
$million |
|
$million |
|
$million |
|
|
|||
Capital ratios |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) for CRD IV/ Core Tier 1 capital for Basel II |
10.5% |
|
10.9% |
|
11.8% |
|
11.4% |
|
|
|||
Tier 1 capital |
11.8% |
|
12.2% |
|
13.1% |
|
13.0% |
|
|
|||
Total capital |
17.3% |
|
17.0% |
|
18.0% |
|
16.9% |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
The 'CRD IV 30.06.14' column shows the implemented CRD IV transitional position at 30 June 2014 |
|
||||||||||
2 |
The 'CRD IV 31.12.13' column shows the 31 December 2013 Basel II position adjusted for the CRD IV rules as at 1 January 2014. This has been re-presented to align with the EBA disclosure template |
|
||||||||||
3 |
The 'Basel II 31.12.13' column corresponds to the Basel II position set out in the Group's 2013 Annual Report. This has been re-presented to align with the EBA disclosure template |
|
||||||||||
4 |
The 'Basel II 30.06.13' position reflects that disclosed in the Group's 2013 Interim Report. This has been re-presented to align with the EBA disclosure template |
|
||||||||||
5 |
Retained earnings under CRD IV include the effect of regulatory consolidation adjustments |
|
||||||||||
6 |
Independently reviewed interim profits for CRD IV are in accordance with the regulatory consolidation |
|
||||||||||
7 |
Foreseeable dividends include the proposed interim dividend for H1 2014 and preference share dividend. The interim dividend element is reported net of scrip (using 25% scrip dividend assumption) |
|
||||||||||
8 |
"Net of related tax liability" is only applicable for CRD IV |
|
||||||||||
9 |
Excess of expected losses in respect of advance IRB portfolios are shown net of tax benefits under Basel II |
|
||||||||||
10 |
The risk-weighted assets are not reviewed by the auditors |
|||||||||||
|
|||
Movement in total capital |
CRD IV |
Basel II |
|
|
|
6 months ended |
6 months ended |
|
|
30.06.14 |
31.12.13 |
|
$million |
$million |
|
Opening Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)/Core Tier 1 capital |
|
35,961 |
36,774 |
Ordinary shares issued in the period and share premium |
|
12 |
1 |
Profit for the period |
|
2,401 |
1,854 |
Dividends, net of scrip |
|
(732) |
(696) |
Foreseeable dividends net of scrip |
|
(584) |
- |
(Increase)/decrease in goodwill and other intangible assets |
|
(241) |
30 |
Foreign currency translation differences |
|
315 |
(196) |
Decrease/(increase) in unrealised gains on available for sale assets |
|
85 |
(285) |
Movement in eligible other comprehensive income |
|
117 |
525 |
Net effect of regulatory consolidation and change in non-controlling interests |
|
(140) |
(291) |
(Increase)/decrease in excess expected loss, net of tax |
|
(181) |
86 |
Decrease in securitisation positions |
|
- |
19 |
Own credit adjustment, net of tax |
|
- |
102 |
Closing Common Equity Tier 1(CET1)/Core Tier 1 capital |
|
37,013 |
37,923 |
|
|
|
|
Opening Additional Tier 1/Other Tier 1 capital |
|
4,458 |
5,226 |
Increase in tax benefit of excess expected loss |
|
- |
25 |
Decrease in material holdings |
|
- |
(35) |
Redeemed capital |
|
(320) |
(925) |
Other |
|
240 |
121 |
Closing Additional Tier 1/Other Tier 1 capital |
|
4,378 |
4,412 |
|
|
|
|
Opening Tier 2 capital |
|
15,961 |
12,662 |
Subordinated debt issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties |
|
(364) |
- |
Issuance of subordinated loan capital, net of redemptions and foreign currency translation differences |
3,752 |
2,647 |
|
Increase in revaluation reserve |
|
- |
382 |
Increase in portfolio impairment provision |
|
(25) |
(35) |
Decrease in excess expected loss |
|
- |
61 |
Increase in material holdings |
|
- |
(35) |
Decrease in securitisation positions |
|
- |
19 |
Closing Tier 2 capital |
|
19,324 |
15,701 |
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital |
|
(24) |
(17) |
Closing Total capital |
|
60,691 |
58,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Basel II to CRD IV |
|||
|
|
|
31.12.2013 |
Reconciliation of Basel II Core Tier 1 and CRD IV Common Equity Tier 1(CET1) |
|
|
$million |
Core Tier 1 capital |
|
|
37,923 |
Full deduction of excess of expected losses |
|
|
(1,128) |
Deduction of deferred tax assets |
|
|
(273) |
Ineligible non-controlling interest |
|
|
(299) |
Additional valuation adjustment, embedded goodwill net of tax and other |
|
|
(262) |
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital |
|
|
35,961 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.12.2013 |
Reconciliation of Basel II risk-weighted assets to CRD IV |
|
|
$million |
Basel II risk-weighted assets |
|
|
322,251 |
Credit valuation adjustment |
|
|
7,900 |
Asset value correlation |
|
|
5,200 |
Introduction of threshold deduction approach |
|
|
2,482 |
Application of CRR standardised rules |
|
|
(6,377) |
Other |
|
|
(160) |
CRD IV risk-weighted assets |
|
|
331,296 |
Risk-weighted assets |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
CRD IV |
CRD IV |
Basel II |
Basel II |
|
||||||
|
30.06.14 |
31.12.13 |
31.12.13 |
30.06.13 |
|
||||||
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|||||||
Credit risk |
296,305 |
281,256 |
265,834 |
264,043 |
|
||||||
Operational risk |
35,107 |
33,289 |
33,289 |
33,289 |
|
||||||
Market risk |
20,173 |
16,751 |
23,128 |
26,444 |
|
||||||
Total risk-weighted assets |
351,585 |
331,296 |
322,251 |
323,776 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Risk-weighted assets by business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
CRD IV 30.06.14 |
|
||||||||
|
|
Credit Risk |
Operational Risk |
Market Risk |
Total Risk |
|
|||||
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|||||
Corporate and Institutional Clients |
|
208,276 |
22,322 |
20,173 |
250,771 |
|
|||||
Commercial Clients |
|
22,042 |
2,778 |
- |
24,820 |
|
|||||
Private Banking Clients |
|
6,130 |
902 |
- |
7,032 |
|
|||||
Retail Clients |
|
59,857 |
9,105 |
- |
68,962 |
|
|||||
Total risk-weighted assets |
|
296,305 |
35,107 |
20,173 |
351,585 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Basel II 30.06.13 |
|
||||||||
|
|
Credit Risk |
Operational Risk |
Market Risk |
Total Risk |
|
|||||
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|||||
Corporate and Institutional Clients |
|
170,881 |
21,166 |
26,444 |
218,491 |
|
|||||
Commercial Clients |
|
23,693 |
2,634 |
- |
26,327 |
|
|||||
Private Banking Clients |
|
5,086 |
855 |
- |
5,941 |
|
|||||
Retail Clients |
|
64,383 |
8,634 |
- |
73,017 |
|
|||||
Total risk-weighted assets |
|
264,043 |
33,289 |
26,444 |
323,776 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Basel II 31.12.13 |
|
||||||||
|
|
Credit Risk |
Operational Risk |
Market Risk |
Total Risk |
|
|||||
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|||||
Corporate and Institutional Clients |
|
177,366 |
21,166 |
23,128 |
221,660 |
|
|||||
Commercial Clients |
|
23,062 |
2,634 |
- |
25,696 |
|
|||||
Private Banking Clients |
|
4,779 |
855 |
- |
5,634 |
|
|||||
Retail Clients |
|
60,627 |
8,634 |
- |
69,261 |
|
|||||
Total risk-weighted assets |
|
265,834 |
33,289 |
23,128 |
322,251 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Risk-weighted assets by geographic region |
|
|
CRD IV |
Basel II |
Basel II |
|
|||||
|
|
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
|||||
Greater China |
|
|
65,299 |
62,487 |
63,284 |
|
|||||
North East Asia |
|
|
25,453 |
26,286 |
26,701 |
|
|||||
South Asia |
|
|
28,678 |
26,668 |
26,721 |
|
|||||
ASEAN |
|
|
81,173 |
86,463 |
80,377 |
|
|||||
MENAP |
|
|
31,022 |
30,644 |
29,402 |
|
|||||
Africa |
|
|
19,866 |
21,493 |
19,729 |
|
|||||
Americas |
|
|
12,572 |
10,982 |
12,454 |
|
|||||
Europe |
|
|
98,505 |
67,920 |
74,389 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
362,568 |
332,943 |
333,057 |
|
|||||
Less : Netting balances1 |
|
|
(10,983) |
(9,167) |
(10,806) |
|
|||||
Total risk-weighted assets |
|
|
351,585 |
323,776 |
322,251 |
|
|||||
|
|
||||||||||
1 |
Risk weighted assets by geographic region are reported gross of any netting benefits |
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Risk weighted contingent liabilities and commitments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
30.06.14 |
30.06.13 |
31.12.13 |
|
|
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
||
Contingent liabilities1 |
14,576 |
15,850 |
15,519 |
|
|
Commitments1 |
11,320 |
12,211 |
11,814 |
|
|
1 |
These amounts are included in total risk-weighted assets and include amounts relating to the Group's associates and joint ventures |
||||
|
|
||||
Movement in risk-weighted assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit risk |
|
|
|
||||
|
Corporate and Institutional Clients |
Commercial Clients |
Private Banking Clients |
Retail Clients |
Total |
Operational risk |
Market risk |
Total risk |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
$million |
|
Risk-weighted assets at 1 January 2013 (Basel II) |
158,540 |
20,599 |
4,087 |
63,424 |
246,650 |
30,761 |
24,450 |
301,861 |
Assets growth |
10,286 |
1,062 |
238 |
1,769 |
13,355 |
2,528 |
1,994 |
17,877 |
Credit migration |
1,771 |
919 |
621 |
(1,062) |
2,249 |
- |
- |
2,249 |
Risk-weighted assets efficiencies |
807 |
(206) |
208 |
(167) |
642 |
- |
- |
642 |
Model, methodology and policy changes |
2,435 |
1,744 |
- |
2,607 |
6,786 |
- |
- |
6,786 |
Acquisitions and disposals |
- |
- |
- |
(295) |
(295) |
- |
- |
(295) |
Foreign currency translation differences |
(2,958) |
(425) |
(68) |
(1,893) |
(5,344) |
- |
- |
(5,344) |
Risk-weighted assets at 30 June 2013 (Basel II) |
170,881 |
23,693 |
5,086 |
64,383 |
264,043 |
33,289 |
26,444 |
323,776 |
Assets growth/(decline) |
5,375 |
539 |
705 |
(2,286) |
4,333 |
- |
(3,316) |
1,017 |
Credit migration |
7,304 |
(268) |
(824) |
493 |
6,705 |
- |
- |
6,705 |
Risk-weighted assets efficiencies |
(2,793) |
(436) |
(206) |
(1,123) |
(4,558) |
- |
- |
(4,558) |
Model, methodology and policy changes |
(2,508) |
(491) |
- |
(1,592) |
(4,591) |
- |
- |
(4,591) |
Acquisitions and disposals |
- |
145 |
- |
451 |
596 |
- |
- |
596 |
Foreign currency translation differences |
(893) |
(120) |
18 |
301 |
(694) |
- |
- |
(694) |
Risk-weighted assets at 31 December 2013 (Basel II) |
177,366 |
23,062 |
4,779 |
60,627 |
265,834 |
33,289 |
23,128 |
322,251 |
Impact of CRD IV (at 1 January 2014) |
16,602 |
(900) |
50 |
(330) |
15,422 |
- |
(6,377) |
9,045 |
Assets growth/(decline) |
3,677 |
(1,001) |
212 |
55 |
2,943 |
1,818 |
4,645 |
9,406 |
Credit migration |
6,159 |
576 |
56 |
(473) |
6,318 |
- |
- |
6,318 |
Risk-weighted assets efficiencies |
(7,893) |
(257) |
(107) |
(573) |
(8,830) |
- |
- |
(8,830) |
Model, methodology and policy changes |
11,745 |
370 |
1,112 |
(283) |
12,944 |
- |
(1,223) |
11,721 |
Foreign currency translation differences |
620 |
192 |
28 |
834 |
1,674 |
- |
- |
1,674 |
Risk-weighted assets at 30 June 2014 (CRD IV) |
208,276 |
22,042 |
6,130 |
59,857 |
296,305 |
35,107 |
20,173 |
351,585 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-weighted assets
RWA increased by $29.3 billion, or 9 per cent, from 31 December 2013. Of this $9 billion was a result of the transition to CRD IV as at 1 January 2014 as set out in the 'Movement in risk-weighted assets' the table above. This comprised primarily of a credit risk weighting increase of $15.4 billion which was offset partially by a benefit in market risk RWA of $6.4 billion.
Excluding the transitioning impact the underlying increase was $20.3 billion, and this is analysed as follows:
C&I and Commercial segments
Credit risk increased due to the following:
· Model changes of $12.1 billion resulting from a change in the method for calculating EAD for certain IRB models, under guidance from the PRA
· Negative credit migration due to downgrades primarily in the Europe and ASEAN regions of $6.7 billion
· Translation impact due to appreciation of currencies in India, Pakistan and Korea of $0.8 billion
This was offset by efficiencies of $8.1 billion from proactive management including portfolio management activities, collateral management initiatives and reductions in tenor.
Retail
Retail Clients RWA decreased marginally with the increases in operational risk RWA offset by a reduction in credit risk RWA. This was a result of a mix change as we reduced our unsecured lending book, which generally attracts a higher RWA compared to secured lending, which we grew in this period. Translation impact of $0.8 billion due to appreciation of currencies in Korea, Singapore and Indonesia.
Private Banking
The growth in Private Banking of $1.4 billion RWA was primarily due to higher credit risk RWA. This was due to a combination of increase in exposures and changes arising from lower collateral eligibility due to the reduction in the number of recognised stock exchanges.
Market risk RWA at $20.2 billion was lower by $3.0 billion primarily due to reduced capital requirements under CRD IV of $6.4 billion on equity options for which standard rules are applied. This also contributes a further $1.2 billion benefit in 2014 and was offset by increased assets covered by own internal models and increased positions subject to Specific Interest Rate Risk (SIRR) capital requirements.
Operational risk RWA increased by $1.8 billion, or 5 per cent due to the change in income over a rolling three year time horizon (2013 income replacing 2010).
Leverage ratio
The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision introduced the leverage ratio to constrain the build-up of leverage in the banking sector, and supplement risk-based capital requirements with a "simple, non-risk based backstop measure" of leverage. The proposed leverage ratio compares Tier 1 capital to total exposures, which includes certain exposures held off balance sheet as adjusted by regulatory credit conversion factors.
The CRR refers to the BCBS guidance of formal disclosure of a leverage ratio from 2015 with final adjustments to definition and calibration during the first half of 2017 with a view to migrating the leverage ratio to a binding Pillar 1 requirement by 1 January 2018. Article 429 of the CRR specifies how the leverage ratio is to be calculated and Article 430 and Article 451 cover disclosure to supervisors and the market respectively. The EBA has recently published ITS relating to leverage ratio disclosure to supervisors and to the market.
Following a consultation exercise concluded in September 2013, the BCBS issued a revised leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements during January 2014. In March 2014, the EBA recommended aligning the CRR to the January 2014 BCBS proposals. In July 2014 the FPC published a consultation on the leverage ratio with final recommendations to follow in November 2014.
The FPC consultation is wide ranging and proposes (among other things) introduction of a number of elements of the risk based capital regime to the leverage framework (e.g. leverage conservation, systemic and countercyclical type buffers) and restrictions on the use of AT1 to meet future leverage requirements. According to the FPC, the calibration of the leverage ratio is outside the scope of this review and, as such, the focus of this review is primarily on the design of a leverage ratio framework. The Group currently intends to respond to the FPC's leverage consultation.
The table below sets out the Group's leverage ratio in accordance with the prevailing PRA guidance for (i) a capital measure using the end point Tier 1 capital definition in the final CRR text and the Own Funds RTS published by the EBA and (ii) an exposure measure based on the BCBS January 2014 proposals.
The Group has interpreted the requirements of the BCBS January 2014 text, however, these rules may differ when included in the revised CRD IV text.
In June 2014, in an update to SS3/13 the PRA set out a requirement for the 8 large UK institutions (of which the Group is one) to achieve a 3 per cent end point Tier 1 leverage ratio from 1 July 2014. The Group's leverage ratio of 4.8 per cent is above this minimum requirement.
|
|
|
|
||||
Leverage ratio continued |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
30.06.14 |
|
||||
|
$million |
|
|||||
Tier 1 capital (transitional position) |
|
41,391 |
|
||||
Less: Additional Tier 1 capital |
|
(4,378) |
|
||||
Add: Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains |
|
461 |
|
||||
Tier 1 capital (end point) |
|
37,474 |
|
||||
Exposure measure (end point) |
|
785,939 |
|
||||
Leverage ratio (end point) |
|
4.8% |
|
||||
Total on balance sheet assets |
|
704,890 |
|
||||
Derivatives financial instruments |
|
48,125 |
|
||||
Securities financing transactions |
|
27,580 |
|
||||
All other on balance sheet items |
|
629,185 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
Off balance sheet transactions |
|
68,223 |
|
||||
Unconditionally cancellable/low risk |
|
11,108 |
|
||||
Medium/low risk trade related off-balance sheet items |
|
4,797 |
|
||||
Medium risk trade and officially supported export finance off-balance sheet items |
|
37,140 |
|
||||
Other off-balance sheet items |
|
15,178 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
Derivatives adjustment |
|
(4,864) |
|
||||
Benefits of derivative netting recognised under Basel III |
|
(30,382) |
|
||||
Potential Future Exposure (PFE) add-on derivatives |
|
25,518 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
26,379 |
|
||||
Additional exposure for credit derivatives |
|
9,977 |
|
||||
Additional exposure for SFT |
|
16,244 |
|
||||
Gross-up for derivative netting under IAS 32 |
|
6,268 |
|
||||
Eligible cash variation margin offset against market values |
|
(6,110) |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
Deductions from CRD IV Tier 1 capital (end point) |
|
(8,689) |
|
||||
Total exposure measure for leverage ratio |
|
785,939 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
Reconciliation of accounting to regulatory assets |
|
30.06.14 |
|
||||
|
|
$million |
|
||||
Total assets per financial balance sheet |
|
690,138 |
|
||||
Net effect of regulatory consolidation |
|
14,752 |
|
||||
Total on balance sheet assets |
|
704,890 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||